Microsoft Power Platform Developer v1.

0 (PL-400) - Full Access

Question 1 ( Question Set 1 )

A company manages capital equipment for an electric utility company. The company has a SQL Server database that contains maintenance records for the equipment.
Technicians who service the equipment use the Dynamics 365 Field Service mobile app on tablet devices to view scheduled assignments. Technicians use a canvas app to display the maintenance history for each piece
of equipment and update the history.
Managers use a Power BI dashboard that displays Dynamics 365 Field Service and real-time maintenance data.
Due to increasing demand, managers must be able to work in the field as technicians.
You need to design a solution that allows the managers to work from one single screen.
What should you do?

A. Add the maintenance history app to the Field Service Mobile app.
B. Add the manager Power BI dashboard to the Field Service mobile app.
C. Create a new maintenance canvas app from within the Power BI management dashboard.
D. Add the maintenance history app to the Power BI dashboard.

Answer : D

Power BI enables data insights and better decision-making, while Power Apps enables everyone to build and use apps that connect to business data. Using the
Power Apps visual, you can pass context-aware data to a canvas app, which updates in real time as you make changes to your report. Now, your app users can derive business insights and take actions from right within
their Power BI reports and dashboards.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/powerapps-custom-visual

Question 2 ( Question Set 1 ) 

HOTSPOT -
You work for a staffing company that helps employees fill temporary jobs. Available temporary jobs are categorized and listed on a secure area of the company's website.
The company wants to eliminate manual work that relates to job and candidate management. The company plans to invite employers with available jobs and job candidates to view jobs by sending personalized
invitations. The company identifies the following requirements:
✑ Human resources team members from the staffing company must be able to access the jobs listing and post available positions.
✑ Employers seeking temporary employees must also be able to access the jobs listing and post available positions.
✑ Approved job candidates must be notified about new positions for which they are qualified.
✑ Approved job candidate must have an option to accept a job assignment directly from a notification.
You need to perform a gap analysis against the features and capabilities of the Power Platform.
Which features should you implement? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Answer :

Box 1: Custom self-service portal for both employers and job candidates
If you select an environment that contains customer engagement, you can create the following portals:
✑ Customer self-service portal: A customer self-service portal enables customers to access self-service knowledge, support resources, view the progress of their cases, and provide feedback.
✑ Partner portal: A partner portal allows every organization with resellers, distributors, suppliers, or partners to have real-time access to every stage of shared activities.
✑ Employee self-service portal: An employee self-service portal creates an efficient and well-informed workforce by streamlining common tasks and empowering every employee with a definitive source of knowledge.
Box 2: Model-driven app with push notifications
Compared to canvas apps, model-driven apps in PowerApps are based on underlying data ‫ג‬€" specifically, the data stored in Common Data Service (CDS).
Box 3: Webform with target set to the job custom entity
Box 4: Configure a value for the Execute Workflow on Redeeming Contact option only.
Execute Workflow on Redeeming Contact: A workflow process to be executed when the invite is redeemed. The workflow will be passed the redeeming contact as the primary entity.
Box 5: Configure the value for the Assigned to Account option only.
Assign to Account: An account record to be associated as the redeeming contact's parent customer when the invite is redeemed.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/portal-templates https://global.hitachi-solutions.com/blog/canvas-vs-model-driven-apps https://docs.microsoft.com/en-
us/powerapps/maker/portals/configure/invite-contacts#invitation-attributes

Question 3 ( Question Set 1 )


HOTSPOT -
You create a suite of Power Platform-based order management canvas apps for a bakery that has five retail stores. Each store uses a tablet device to manage inventory and process orders.
You need to make the following changes to the original order tracking app:
When an online order for delivery is received, send the order to the bakery that is located closest to the order destination.

✑ When an online order for pickup is received, require store staff to enter an estimated time in an app. Staff must prepare the order and then use the app to notify the customer when the order is ready.
✑ Allow the store manager to personalize the company's corporate weekly newsletter and add store-specific specials.
You must minimize the amount of custom code and configuration required to implement the solution.
What should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: Power Automate flow -

Do you want to get the user's location whose location is closest to the current device, then use key is to use Bing Map connector.
The Bing Map connector is available in the following products and regions:

Box 2: New screen in an existing canvas app

Box 3: Power Automate flow triggered from an email button
Incorrect Answers:
UI flows brings Robotic Process Automation (RPA) capabilities to Power Automate. You can use UI flows to automate repetitive tasks in Windows and Web
applications. UI flows records and plays back user interface actions (clicks, keyboard input, etc.)
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/sv-se/connectors/bingmaps/

Question 4 ( Question Set 1 )


A company has an application that provides API access. You plan to connect to the API from a canvas app by using a custom connector.
You need to request information from the API developers so that you can create the custom connector.
Which two types of files can you use? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. YAML
B. WSDL
C. OpenAPI definition
D. Postman collection

Answer : CD

OpenAPI definitions or Postman collections can be used to describe a custom connector.

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/connectors/custom-connectors/faq
 Question 5 ( Question Set 1 )

You plan to create a canvas app to manage large sets of records. Users will filter and sort the data.
You must implement delegation in the canvas app to mitigate potential performance issues.
You need to recommend data sources for the app.
Which two data sources should you recommend? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. SQL Server
B. Common Data Service
C. Azure Data Factory
D. Azure Table Storage

Answer : AB

When you are creating reports from large data sources (perhaps millions of records), you want to minimize network traffic.
Working with large data sets requires using data sources and formulas that can be delegated. It's the only way to keep your app performing well and ensure users can access all the information they need. Delegation is
supported for certain tabular data sources only.
These tabular data sources are the most popular, and they support delegation:
✑ Common Data Service
✑ SharePoint
✑ SQL Server
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/delegation-overview

Question 6 ( Question Set 1 )


HOTSPOT -
A client is deploying Dynamics 365 Finance without any third-party add-ons.
You need to select the appropriate solutions for the client.
What should you select? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: Out-of-the-box -
Technicians can use the Field Service (Dynamics 365) mobile app to scan barcodes.

Box 2: Power Automate -

Administrators can replace Dynamics 365 workflows with Power Automate flows for Field Service Mobile processes like geofencing, geofence alerts, and push notifications.
By using Power Automate for Field Service Mobile processes, you can:
Connect and run workflows within Dynamics 365 and between other outside applications.
Delete records and schedule jobs.
Perform robust approvals.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/field-service/mobile-power-app-system-barcode-scanning https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/field-service/mobile-workflow-to-flow

Question 7 ( Question Set 1 )


DRAG DROP -
A company uses Microsoft 365. You are developing a model-driven app.
The app must meet the following requirements:
✑ Use SharePoint Online for document storage.
✑ Send emails by using Exchange Online.
You need to configure integrations.
What should you configure? To answer, drag the appropriate configuration options to the correct requirements. Each configuration option may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the
split bar between panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Box 1: Server-side syncrhonization

Configure default email processing and synchronization: set server-side synchronization to be the default configuration method for newly created users.
Box 2: Server-side integration.
If your organization is already using document management with Microsoft Dynamics CRM List Component, you must switch to server-based SharePoint integration.
If your organization has not deployed document management, when a System Administrator logs in an alert message will be displayed to enable server-based
SharePoint integration.

Question 8 ( Question Set 1 )


A company plans to create an order processing app. When orders are created, the app will perform complex business logic and integrate with several external systems.
Orders that have a large number of line items may take up to six minutes to complete. Processing for each order must be completed in one operation to avoid leaving records in an incomplete state.
You need to recommend a solution for the company.
What should you recommend?

A. an asynchronous workflow that uses a custom workflow activity

B. a real-time workflow that uses a custom action
C. a webhook that connects to an Azure Function
D. an asynchronous plug-in

Answer : B

Real-time Workflows roll back all changes if it fails. As the Workflow is going through the process itself, if it fails, it will roll back all of the prior steps taken.
Incorrect Answers:
A: With Background Workflows, actions will not roll back if it fails. All changes are up-to-date until the failure occurs. The workflow will stop at this point due to the failure.
Reference:
https://ledgeviewpartners.com/blog/what-are-the-differences-between-real-time-and-background-workflows-in-microsoft-dynamics-365-crm/

Question 9 ( Question Set 1 )


HOTSPOT -
You work for a not-for-profit agency that manages business processes by using Power Platform custom entities.
Volunteer registration and onboarding are manual processes that include multiple related entities.
You need to implement a portal solution that replaces the manual processes.
Which modules should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: Customer self-service portal

Customer self-service portal: A customer self-service portal enables customers to access self-service knowledge, support resources, view the progress of their cases, and provide feedback.
Incorrect Answers:
✑ Community portal: A community portal leverages peer-to-peer interactions between customers and experts to organically grow the catalog of available knowledge from knowledge base articles, forums, and blogs as
well as providing feedback through comments and ratings.
✑ Starter portal: If you select an environment that contains Microsoft Dataverse, you can create a Dataverse starter portal. The Dataverse starter portal comes with the sample data for you to quickly get started. It also
has the following built-in sample pages:

Default studio template -

Page with title -

Page with child links -

Box 2: Entity form metadata -

The Advanced Form Metadata contains additional behavior modification logic to augment or override the functionality of form fields that is otherwise not possible with native basic form editing capabilities.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/portal-templates https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/configure/configure-web-form-metadata

Question 10 ( Question Set 1 ) 

You are implementing custom business logic in a Power Apps portal.
You need to use Liquid templates to display dynamic content.
To which three entities can you include Liquid code? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Content snippet
B. Web page
C. Web template
D. Page template
E. Portal settings

Answer : BCD

Liquid is an open-source template language integrated into portals. It can be used to add dynamic content to pages, and to create a wide variety of custom templates. Using Liquid, you can:
✑ Add dynamic content directly to the Copy field of a webpage or the content of a content snippet.
✑ Store source content by using web templates, entirely through configuration within Power Apps, for use throughout the Power Apps portals content management system.
✑ Render a website header and primary navigation bar, entirely through configuration within Power Apps.
Note: page is one of the available liquid objects.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/liquid/liquid-overview https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/liquid/liquid-objects#page
 Question 11 ( Question Set 1 )

DRAG DROP -
Teachers in a school district use Azure skill bots to teach specific classes. Students sign into an online portal to submit completed homework to their teacher for review. Students use a Power Virtual Agents chatbot to
request help from teachers.
You need to incorporate the skill bot for each class into the homework bot.
Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Step 1: Create a manifest for the skill bot

You can use skills to extend another bot. A skill is a bot that can perform a set of tasks for another bot.
A skill's interface is described by a manifest.
Step 2: Register the skill bot in Power Virtual Agents
Power Virtual Agents enables you to extend your bot using Microsoft Bot Framework skills.
First, create a Power Virtual Agents bot and create and deploy the skill using pro-code tools into your organization.
Next, register a skill in Power Virtual Agents.
Step 3: Register the homework bot in Power Virtual Agents
You can use your Power Virtual Agents bot as a skill with Bot Framework bots.
The Bot Framework and Power Virtual Agents bots must be deployed in the same tenant.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/bot-service/skill-implement-skill https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/bot-service/skills-write-manifest

Question 12 ( Question Set 1 ) 

A company is migrating from an on-premises Dynamics 365 installation to a Power Platform solution. You are creating plug-ins for the new solution.
You need to register the plug-ins.
Which isolation mode should you use?

A. None
B. Global Assembly Cache (GAC)
C. Sandbox
D. Disk
Answer : C

You will find options related to the isolation mode and location for the assembly. These refer to options that apply to on-premise deployments. Dataverse is not available for on-premises deployments, so you will
always accept the default options of SandBox and Database for these options.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/register-plug-in

Question 13 ( Question Set 1 )


An organization uses a public-facing Power Apps portal.
You need to change the layout of a specific web page.
What are two possible ways to achieve the goal? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Select the Portal Management app and then select Edit.

B. Select the Portal Management app and then select Play.
C. Select the portal app and then select Manage.
D. Select the portal app and then select Edit.

Answer : AD

A: The Portal Management app lets you do advanced configuration actions on your portal.
1. Open the Portal Management app.
2. Go to Portals > Web Pages.
3. To edit an existing web page, select the web page name.
4. Enter appropriate values in the fields.
5. Select Save & Close.
D: To use the WYSIWYG editor:
1. Edit the portal to open it in Power Apps portals Studio.
2. Select the page on which you want to add the component.
3. Select an editable element on the canvas.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/configure/web-page https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/compose-page

Question 14 ( Question Set 1 ) 

You are building a custom application in Azure to process resumes for the HR department.
The app will monitor submissions of resumes and parse the resumes.
You need to parse the resumes and save contact and skills information into the Common Data Service.
Which mechanism should you use?

A. Power Automate
B. Common Data Service plug-in
C. Web API
D. Custom workflow activity

Answer : A

Improve operational efficiency with a unified view of business data by creating flows that use Dataverse (Common Data Service has been renamed to Microsoft
Dataverse as of November 2020).
For example, you can use Dataverse within Power Automate in these key ways:
Create a flow to import data, export data, or take action (such as sending a notification) when data changes.
Instead of creating an approval loop through email, create a flow that stores approval state in an entity, and then build a custom app in which users can approve or reject items.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/common-data-model-intro

Question 15 ( Question Set 1 )


DRAG DROP -
You are researching integrations with several external systems.
Each integration has different requirements.
You need to determine which data sources to use to meet each requirement.
What should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate data sources to the correct requirements. Each data source may be used once, more than one, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or
scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:
Answer :

Box 1: Virtual entity -

Initially, defining a virtual entity is the same as defining a custom entity: you specify the entity, attributes, and relationships for the new virtual entity type.
You can use GUIDs as primary keys in the external data source.

Box 2: Virtual entity -

Virtual entities enable the integration of data residing in external systems by seamlessly representing that data as entities in Microsoft Dataverse (Common Data
Service), without replication of data and often without custom coding. Virtual entities support create, updates and delete of data in the external system.

Box 3: Custom connector -

A custom connector is a wrapper around a REST API (Logic Apps also supports SOAP APIs) that allows Logic Apps, Power Automate, or Power Apps to communicate with that REST or SOAP API.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/common-data-service/virtual-entities/get-started-ve

Question 16 ( Question Set 1 )


A Power Platform solution includes the following Web API call:
GET http://contoso.crm.dynamics.com/api/data/v9.1/RelationshipDefinitions?$select=SchemaName
You need to explain what this line of code is doing.
What does the code do?

A. Retrieve the list of relationships between tables.

B. Retrieve a list of tables that are related to each other.
C. Retrieve a list of one-to-many relationships with other tables.
D. Retrieve a list of tables that have more than one relationship.
E. Retrieve a list of many-to-many relationships with other tables.

Answer : A

Querying relationship metadata -

Entity relationships can be queried using the RelationshipDefinitions entity set. You can use a query like the following to get the SchemaName property for every relationship.
GET [Organization URI]/api/data/v9.0/RelationshipDefinitions?$select=SchemaName
The properties available when querying this entity set are limited to those in the RelationshipMetadataBase EntityType.
Note: You can retrieve relationship metadata in the context of a given entity much in the same way that you can query attributes. The ManyToManyRelationships,
ManyToOneRelationships, and OneToManyRelationships collection-valued navigation properties can be queried just like the Attributes collection-valued navigation property.
However, entity relationships can also be queried using the RelationshipDefinitions entity set.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/developer/data-platform/webapi/query-metadata-web-api https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/developer/data-
platform/webapi/reference/relationshipmetadatabase?view=dataverse-latest

Question 17 ( Question Set 1 )


HOTSPOT
-

You create a Power Automate flow that retrieves data from the Microsoft Dataverse Account table.

The flow uses only a subset of Account table data.

You need to retrieve the required data.

How should you configure the Dataverse List Rows action? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 18 ( Question Set 1 )


You are creating a canvas app to retrieve user sign in information from Microsoft Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) when someone searches for information about an end user.

You create an Azure Function to retrieve the required information by using JSON.

You need to ensure that the application functions correctly.

Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Create a Power Automate flow to import data.

B. Create a custom connector by using the Azure Function API.
C. Use app designer in the Power Platform admin center.
D. Use Azure Service Bus.
E. Create an API definition for the Azure Function.

Answer : AE

Question 19 ( Question Set 1 )


DRAG DROP
-

A company is configuring Microsoft Power Virtual Agents and Power Automate flows that use model-driven apps.

The company has a website that uses Power Pages. You create Power Virtual Agents bot topics.

You must configure the following:

• Use a bot on the website.

• Create Bot Framework skills.
• Create a support request from the bot without human interaction.
You need to configure the website.

Answer :

Question 20 ( Question Set 1 )


You are configuring a custom connector for a web service. The web service is hosted in two different regions. The web service URL includes a common domain name and a unique sub-domain for each region.

The custom connector must allow the region to be entered for additional regions when creating the connection.

You need to create a policy template.

Which template type should you use?

A. Set HTTP header

B. Route request
C. Set host URL
D. Set query string parameter

Answer : C

Question 21 ( Question Set 1 )


You are a Power Apps maker creating a chat bot for a website.

The chat bot must recognize geographic attributes to enable additional functionality.

You need to recommend a feature.

What should you recommend?

A. Fallback topic
B. Power Automate Flow
C. Bot Service compliance
D. Slot filling

Answer : D

Question 22 ( Question Set 1 ) 

You develop and deploy a Power Apps solution.

The following changes must be made to the solution:

• Delete a column of data.

• Modify several views.
• Add several charts to dashboards.

You need to re-deploy the app.

What should you do?

A. Update the solution.
B. Upgrade the solution.
C. Create a new solution.
D. Patch the solution.

Answer : B

Question 23 ( Question Set 1 )


You develop a model-driven app. You add the following users as members to the Sales Microsoft Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) security group: User1, User2, and User3.

The Sales Azure AD security group is linked to a pre-existing Microsoft Dataverse Azure AD security group team that is associated with the Sales security role. You assign each of the appropriate licenses to each user.

User1 is not listed in the Team Members subgrid for the app. User2 and User3 are listed in the subgrid.

You need to ensure that User1 can use the model-driven app.

What should you do?

A. Change the membership of the Sales Azure AD Security group to Dynamic User.
B. Change the membership type for User1 to Owner in the Azure AD security group.
C. Create an Owner team for the members of the Sales Azure AD group.
D. Ask User1 to sign into the model-driven app.

Answer : D

Question 24 ( Question Set 1 )


DRAG DROP
-

You are modifying a model-driven app for a bicycle company.

The app modifications must meet the following requirements:

• The order form must include a column that calculates payments based on how many years the customer wants to finance a bicycle.
• A pop-up box must remind the employee to validate the information entered before saving.

You must use out-of-the-box features before customizing the application.

What should you do?

Answer :

Question 25 ( Question Set 1 )


Case study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must
manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about
the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot
return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on
the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Background -

Contoso Pharmaceuticals manufactures and sells drugs to retail and wholesale pharmacies, hospitals, and research facilities.

The company plans to implement Dynamics 365 Sales and Dynamics 365 Finance.

Current environment -

• Contoso maintains a Microsoft Excel workbook that lists all drugs they supply.
• Pharmacies submit order requests through email.
• All information at customer locations is handwritten by customer representatives.
• Contoso uses Cerner, which is a medical industry application that uses a proprietary database.
• Some accounts are referrals from other pharmacies.
• Every pharmacy has its own Dynamics 365 Sales instance.

Requirements -

General -

You must create a model-driven app to meet Contoso’s needs. You must minimize the use of custom code and custom connectors.

Accounts -

• Ensure that the names of the pharmacies are synced between the accounting and the customer management systems.
• Account numbers should be entered automatically into the pharmaceutical system that is in a Cerner database and kept in sync.
• When the account is entered into the system, extra fields must appear if the referral customer box is selected. If the box is not selected, the extra fields must not appear.
• A trigger must be created that changes the Priority field to 1 in the Account record 10 days after an Account record is created.
• A field named Priority_Trigger must be created to trigger the Priority field.
• A field named Facility type field must be added in order to select whether a customer is a retail pharmacy, wholesale pharmacy, research facility, or hospital.

Users -

• UserA must be able to create and publish Power Apps apps.

• UserB must be the owner of all the systems and be able to provide permissions and create all new environments.
• UserC must be able to create apps connected to the systems and update the security roles and entities.
• Pharmacy representatives must only be able to run the apps and access their own records.
• Access to the accounting Power Apps app must be restricted to accounting team members.
• End users must have minimum access to the required systems.
• Only supervisors must be able to view phone numbers in the Accounts form.
• Developers must be able to create new apps for all users.
• Sales users must only have access to their own records.

Reporting -

Pharmacy orders must be displayed in four graphs as follows:

• Annual revenue over $100,000

• Annual revenues under $100,000
• Research facilities
• Hospitals

The graphs must be interactive, and users must be able to drill down on any dimension.

Customizations -

• Ensure that notifications are sent to the sales team when a lead is added by using Slack.
• Ensure that leads have a review stage added to the sales process.
• Doctors must be manually added to a custom entity named Doctor if the doctor is not listed.
• Refill dates for customer prescriptions should be automatically determined and a notification should be sent to the customer.
• Fields for the doctor’s name and phone number must be displayed in the customer record.
• The doctor entered on the customer’s record must be validated against doctors that exist in the system.
• The new solution will be sold to other pharmacies for use. The application must not allow changes to be made.
• The solution must be error free so that when it is installed in other environments it does not cause issues.

Mobile app -

• A custom mobile app must be created to allow salespeople to add or search by pharmacy name.
• Pharmacy records must be uniquely identified by pharmacy name, address, contact name, and phone number.
• When a pharmacy is added by using the mobile app, the phone number must be validated to be all digits.

You need to create an application to deploy to other pharmacies.

What should you do?

A. Navigate to Customize the System and export everything to a managed solution.
B. Create packages for Package Deployer.
C. Create customizations with metadata in Organization Services.
D. Write a Web API to move customizations.

Answer : A

Question 26 ( Question Set 1 )


Case study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must
manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about
the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot
return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on
the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Background -

Contoso Pharmaceuticals manufactures and sells drugs to retail and wholesale pharmacies, hospitals, and research facilities.

The company plans to implement Dynamics 365 Sales and Dynamics 365 Finance.

Current environment -

• Contoso maintains a Microsoft Excel workbook that lists all drugs they supply.
• Pharmacies submit order requests through email.
• All information at customer locations is handwritten by customer representatives.
• Contoso uses Cerner, which is a medical industry application that uses a proprietary database.
• Some accounts are referrals from other pharmacies.
• Every pharmacy has its own Dynamics 365 Sales instance.

Requirements -

General -

You must create a model-driven app to meet Contoso’s needs. You must minimize the use of custom code and custom connectors.

Accounts -

• Ensure that the names of the pharmacies are synced between the accounting and the customer management systems.
• Account numbers should be entered automatically into the pharmaceutical system that is in a Cerner database and kept in sync.
• When the account is entered into the system, extra fields must appear if the referral customer box is selected. If the box is not selected, the extra fields must not appear.
• A trigger must be created that changes the Priority field to 1 in the Account record 10 days after an Account record is created.
• A field named Priority_Trigger must be created to trigger the Priority field.
• A field named Facility type field must be added in order to select whether a customer is a retail pharmacy, wholesale pharmacy, research facility, or hospital.

Users -

• UserA must be able to create and publish Power Apps apps.

• UserB must be the owner of all the systems and be able to provide permissions and create all new environments.
• UserC must be able to create apps connected to the systems and update the security roles and entities.
• Pharmacy representatives must only be able to run the apps and access their own records.
• Access to the accounting Power Apps app must be restricted to accounting team members.
• End users must have minimum access to the required systems.
• Only supervisors must be able to view phone numbers in the Accounts form.
• Developers must be able to create new apps for all users.
• Sales users must only have access to their own records.

Reporting -

Pharmacy orders must be displayed in four graphs as follows:

• Annual revenue over $100,000

• Annual revenues under $100,000
• Research facilities
• Hospitals

The graphs must be interactive, and users must be able to drill down on any dimension.

Customizations -

• Ensure that notifications are sent to the sales team when a lead is added by using Slack.
• Ensure that leads have a review stage added to the sales process.
• Doctors must be manually added to a custom entity named Doctor if the doctor is not listed.
• Refill dates for customer prescriptions should be automatically determined and a notification should be sent to the customer.
• Fields for the doctor’s name and phone number must be displayed in the customer record.
• The doctor entered on the customer’s record must be validated against doctors that exist in the system.
• The new solution will be sold to other pharmacies for use. The application must not allow changes to be made.
• The solution must be error free so that when it is installed in other environments it does not cause issues.

Mobile app -

• A custom mobile app must be created to allow salespeople to add or search by pharmacy name.
• Pharmacy records must be uniquely identified by pharmacy name, address, contact name, and phone number.
• When a pharmacy is added by using the mobile app, the phone number must be validated to be all digits.

You need to create an application to deploy to other pharmacies.

What should you do?

A. Recreate customizations in a new environment.
B. Create packages for Package Deployer.
C. Create customizations with metadata in Organization Services.
D. Clone the solution.

Answer : B
 Question 27 ( Question Set 1 )

Case study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must
manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about
the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot
return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on
the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Background -

Contoso Pharmaceuticals manufactures and sells drugs to retail and wholesale pharmacies, hospitals, and research facilities.

The company plans to implement Dynamics 365 Sales and Dynamics 365 Finance.

Current environment -

• Contoso maintains a Microsoft Excel workbook that lists all drugs they supply.
• Pharmacies submit order requests through email.
• All information at customer locations is handwritten by customer representatives.
• Contoso uses Cerner, which is a medical industry application that uses a proprietary database.
• Some accounts are referrals from other pharmacies.
• Every pharmacy has its own Dynamics 365 Sales instance.

Requirements -

General -

You must create a model-driven app to meet Contoso’s needs. You must minimize the use of custom code and custom connectors.

Accounts -

• Ensure that the names of the pharmacies are synced between the accounting and the customer management systems.
• Account numbers should be entered automatically into the pharmaceutical system that is in a Cerner database and kept in sync.
• When the account is entered into the system, extra fields must appear if the referral customer box is selected. If the box is not selected, the extra fields must not appear.
• A trigger must be created that changes the Priority field to 1 in the Account record 10 days after an Account record is created.
• A field named Priority_Trigger must be created to trigger the Priority field.
• A field named Facility type field must be added in order to select whether a customer is a retail pharmacy, wholesale pharmacy, research facility, or hospital.

Users -

• UserA must be able to create and publish Power Apps apps.

• UserB must be the owner of all the systems and be able to provide permissions and create all new environments.
• UserC must be able to create apps connected to the systems and update the security roles and entities.
• Pharmacy representatives must only be able to run the apps and access their own records.
• Access to the accounting Power Apps app must be restricted to accounting team members.
• End users must have minimum access to the required systems.
• Only supervisors must be able to view phone numbers in the Accounts form.
• Developers must be able to create new apps for all users.
• Sales users must only have access to their own records.

Reporting -

Pharmacy orders must be displayed in four graphs as follows:

• Annual revenue over $100,000

• Annual revenues under $100,000
• Research facilities
• Hospitals

The graphs must be interactive, and users must be able to drill down on any dimension.

Customizations -

• Ensure that notifications are sent to the sales team when a lead is added by using Slack.
• Ensure that leads have a review stage added to the sales process.
• Doctors must be manually added to a custom entity named Doctor if the doctor is not listed.
• Refill dates for customer prescriptions should be automatically determined and a notification should be sent to the customer.
• Fields for the doctor’s name and phone number must be displayed in the customer record.
• The doctor entered on the customer’s record must be validated against doctors that exist in the system.
• The new solution will be sold to other pharmacies for use. The application must not allow changes to be made.
• The solution must be error free so that when it is installed in other environments it does not cause issues.

Mobile app -

• A custom mobile app must be created to allow salespeople to add or search by pharmacy name.
• Pharmacy records must be uniquely identified by pharmacy name, address, contact name, and phone number.
• When a pharmacy is added by using the mobile app, the phone number must be validated to be all digits.

You need to create an application to deploy to other pharmacies.

What should you do?

A. Clone the solution.

B. Create packages for Package Deployer.
C. Recreate customizations in a new environment.
D. Navigate to Customize the System and export everything to a managed solution.
Answer : B

Question 28 ( Question Set 1 )


A company develops a new Microsoft Dataverse plug-in that manages the Update message of an entity.

The plug-in logic requires access to the record columns before the operation starts and must compare the columns to post-update values.

You need to modify the design of the solution to access the information.

What should you do?

A. Add the code to the plug-in to read the record from the InputParameters collection.
B. Register a pre-image by using the Plug-in Registration Tool. Add the code to the plug-in to read the image from the PreEntityImages collection.
C. Register a post-image by using the Plug-in Registration Tool. Add the code to the plug-in to read the image from the PostEntityImages collection.
D. Add the code to the plug-in to query the data from Dataverse by using the API call based on the record ID.

Answer : C

Question 29 ( Question Set 1 ) 

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution. Determine whether the solution meets the stated goals. Some question sets
might have more than once correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

A company designs data integration with an external system by using virtual tables.

You need to implement the virtual tables.

Solution: Implement an OData v4 provider as the data source.

Does the solution meet the goal?

A. Yes
B. No

Answer : A

Question 30 ( Question Set 1 )


Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution. Determine whether the solution meets the stated goals. Some question sets
might have more than once correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

A company designs data integration with an external system by using virtual tables.

You need to implement the virtual tables.

Solution: Assign record ownership to individual users.

Does the solution meet the goal?

A. Yes
B. No

Answer : B

Question 31 ( Question Set 1 )


Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution. Determine whether the solution meets the stated goals. Some question sets
might have more than once correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

A company designs data integration with an external system by using virtual tables.

You need to implement the virtual tables.

Solution: Use a table that has a GUID as its primary key.

Does the solution meet the goal?

A. Yes
B. No
Answer : B

Question 32 ( Question Set 1 )


DRAG DROP
-

A company is developing a Microsoft Dataverse plug-in.

The plug-in must create a follow-up task for a new account.

You add the code that receives context(IPluginExecutionContext) and service(IOrganizationService).

You need to create the remaining code to insert the follow-up task.

Which three code blocks should you use in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate code sequences from the list of sequences to the answer area and arrange in the correct order.

Answer :

Question 33 ( Question Set 1 ) 

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution. Determine whether the solution meets the stated goals. Some question sets
might have more than once correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

A company designs data integration with an external system by using virtual tables.

You need to implement the virtual tables.

Solution: Create a calculated column on the virtual table.

Does the solution meet the goal?

A. Yes
B. No

Answer : B

Question 34 ( Question Set 1 )


A company designs a Microsoft Dataverse Custom API to encapsulate business logic in it.

The Custom API business logic must be encapsulated in a way that does not allow the business logic behavior to be modified or canceled.
You need to set the parameter value of the custom API so it cannot be customized.

Which parameter value should you set?

A. Execute Privilege Name to prv_SdkMessageProcessingStep
B. Enabled for Workflow to No
C. Binding Type to Entity
D. Custom Processing Step to None

Answer : D

Question 35 ( Question Set 1 )


A company has a model-driven app form. Many users use the form.

Users state that the form takes too long to fully load.

You need to evaluate the form design to improve loading performance.

Which three control types can you use? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. timeline
B. quick view form
C. iFrame
D. lookup

Answer : BCD

Question 36 ( Question Set 2 )


Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution. Determine whether the solution meets the stated goals. Some question sets
might have more than once correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.
A university implements Dynamics 365 Sales. Several departments use opportunity records to bid for funding for projects within their own departments. You configure the system to ensure that each department can
only work on their own records.
Employees in multiple departments often need to work together on an opportunity. Employees report that they are not able to see opportunities from other departments.
You need to ensure that employees from more than one department can work on the same opportunities when necessary.
Solution: Use position hierarchy security and define the two departments as positions.
Does the solution meet the goal?

A. Yes
B. No

Answer : A

Two security models can be used for hierarchies, the Manager hierarchy and the Position hierarchy. The Position hierarchy allows data access across business units. If you are a financial organization, you may prefer
the Manager hierarchy model, to prevent managers‫ג‬€™ accessing data outside of their business units.
However, if you are a part of a customer service organization and want the managers to access service cases handled in different business units, the Position hierarchy may work better for you.
Note: The hierarchy security model is an extension to the existing security models that use business units, security roles, sharing, and teams. It can be used in conjunction with all other existing security models. The
hierarchy security offers a more granular access to records for an organization and helps to bring the maintenance costs down.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/hierarchy-security

Question 37 ( Question Set 2 )


Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution. Determine whether the solution meets the stated goals. Some question sets
might have more than once correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.
A university implements Dynamics 365 Sales. Several departments use opportunity records to bid for funding for projects within their own departments. You configure the system to ensure that each department can
only work on their own records.
Employees in multiple departments often need to work together on an opportunity. Employees report that they are not able to see opportunities from other departments.
You need to ensure that employees from more than one department can work on the same opportunities when necessary.
Solution: Create a security role that has organization-level access to opportunities. Give this security role to all members of the two departments who need access.
Does the solution meet the goal?

A. Yes
B. No

Answer : B

Instead use position hierarchy security and define the two departments as positions.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/hierarchy-security

Question 38 ( Question Set 2 )


Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution. Determine whether the solution meets the stated goals. Some question sets
might have more than once correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.
A university implements Dynamics 365 Sales. Several departments use opportunity records to bid for funding for projects within their own departments. You configure the system to ensure that each department can
only work on their own records.
Employees in multiple departments often need to work together on an opportunity. Employees report that they are not able to see opportunities from other departments.
You need to ensure that employees from more than one department can work on the same opportunities when necessary.
Solution: Use access team templates and give access to members in the two departments.
Does the solution meet the goal?
A. Yes
B. No

Answer : B

Instead use position hierarchy security and define the two departments as positions.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/hierarchy-security

Question 39 ( Question Set 2 )


DRAG DROP -
An international organization has a series of client-server applications that manage red light cameras and traffic violations across a wide geographic region. The daily volume of traffic violations is very high and
growing.
You plan to use Microsoft Power Platform apps to manage the following types of data:
✑ Existing vehicle licensing data must be imported into Microsoft Dataverse and easily queried.
✑ Red light camera images must be stored in a repository for later analysis.
✑ Information about traffic violations must be stored and related to vehicle details.
You need to select data storage mechanisms for the new apps.
Which data storage mechanisms should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate data storage mechanisms to the correct data types. Each storage mechanism may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may
need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Box 1: Entity -
Existing vehicle licensing data must be imported into Microsoft Dataverse and easily queried.
Virtual tables (also known as virtual entities) enable the integration of data residing in external systems by seamlessly representing that data as tables in Microsoft
Dataverse, without replication of data and often without custom coding.
A virtual table is a definition of a table in the Dataverse platform without the associated physical tables for table instances created in the Dataverse database.
Instead during runtime, when a table instance is required, its state is dynamically retrieved from the associated external system.
The following data providers ship with Dataverse:
An OData v4 provider is included with the service and is installed by default. This provider supports create, read (retrieve, retrieve multiple), update and delete operations.

An Azure Cosmos DB -

Box 2: Azure Storage Blob -

Red light camera images must be stored in a repository for later analysis.
Use Azure Storage Blob for binary data.
Azure Blob storage stores massive amounts of unstructured object data, such as text or binary data.

Box 3: Azure Cosmos DB -

Information about traffic violations must be stored and related to vehicle details.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/developer/data-platform/virtual-entities/get-started-ve https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/blobs/storage-blobs-introduction

Question 40 ( Question Set 2 )


A financial institution that has a Dynamics 365 Sales environment requires that the account balance field from the account entity be visible to specific users only.
You need to set up the field security for the account balance field.
Which three actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Set the field to Read-Only and then publish the entity

B. Set the field permission Allow Read to Yes and add the users to the members section
C. Create a security role and add the specific users to the role
D. Enable field security and then publish the entity
E. Create a field security profile

Answer : BDE

To implement field-level security, a system administrator performs the following tasks.

1. Enable field security on one or more fields for a given entity.
2. Associate one more existing security profiles, or create one or more new security profiles to grant the appropriate access to specific users or teams.
A security profile determines the following:
✑ Permissions to the secure fields
✑ Users and Teams
A security profile can be configured to grant user or team members the following permissions at the field level:
✑ Read. Read-only access to the field's data.
✑ Create. Users or teams in this profile can add data to this field when creating a record.
✑ Update. Users or teams in this profile can update the field's data after it has been created.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/field-level-security

Question 41 ( Question Set 2 )


HOTSPOT -
An organization uses Common Data Service.
The organization's IT helpdesk requires a single-page web application to monitor and manage Data Export Service. The app must access Data Export Service securely. The app must also permit helpdesk users to
perform a limited set of functions.
You need to create a single-page app.
Which options should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Answer :

Box 1: Register the app in Azure Active Directory

Box 2: Use FetchXML queries -

The failure entries can be retrieved through the Get the failure details for a given Profile request. The response returns a URI to an Azure blob that contains the failure information. Each line has the following comma-
separated fields (newlines added for clarity):
Entity: <entity-name>,
RecordId: <‫ג‬€N/A‫ג‬€ | guid>,
NotificationTime: <datetime>,
ChangeType: <sync-type>,
FailureReason: <description>
Note: FetchXML is a proprietary XML based query language of Microsoft Dataverse used to query data using either the Web API or the Organization service. It's based on a schema that describes the capabilities of the
language. The FetchXML language supports similar query capabilities as query expressions.
Incorrect Answers:
The Data Export Service exposes a REST-based API that is divided into two groups: a set of Metadata operations for exploring Dataverse organizational structure, relationships, and connection information; and a set
of Profiles operations for configuring and managing each data replication.

Box 3: Enable Change Tracking -

The entities that will be added to the Export Profile must be enabled with change tracking.
Box 4: /crm/exporter/{id}/activatedata
profiles/{id}/activatedata
Activate profile for data replication only.

Note: profiles/{id}/activate -
Activate a profile, which starts replication of both the associated table definitions and data.

Box 5: Use Profile operations -

These failure entries can be retrieved through the Get the failure details for a given Profile request.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/data-export-service https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/replicate-data-microsoft-azure-sql-database
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/use-fetchxml-construct-query

Question 42 ( Question Set 2 )


HOTSPOT -
A company has a Common Data Service (CDS) environment.
The following conditions must apply when accounts are reassigned:
✑ Ownership for completed tasks that are associated with the account must not change.
✑ Outstanding tasks must be reassigned to the new owner of the account.
You need to configure the relationship to meet the requirements.
Which settings should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: Referential, Restrict Delete

Restrict: Prevent the Referenced table record from being deleted when referencing tables exist.

Box 2: Cascade User Owned -

Cascade User Owned: perform the action on all referencing table records owned by the same user as the referenced table record.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/configure-entity-relationship-cascading-behavior

Question 43 ( Question Set 2 )


DRAG DROP -
A company has Common Data Service (CDS) environments for development, test, and production.
You have a model-driven app that consists of two solutions. The solutions include settings and reference data. You plan to move the solutions, app settings, and reference data from a development environment to a
production environment.
You export each solution from the development environment as a zip file.
You run the Configuration Manager to export the settings and reference data as zip files.
You need to prepare the app and its settings for deployment.
Which four actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.
NOTE: More than one order of answer choices is correct. You will receive credit for any of the correct orders you select.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Step 1: Add your files to the project

In the Solutions Explorer pane, add your solutions and files under the PkgFolder folder.
For each file that you add under the PkgFolder folder, in the Properties pane, set the Copy to Output Directory value to Copy Always. This ensures that your file is available in the generated package.
Step 2: Define the solution and data files in ImportConfig.xml
Define the package configuration by adding information about your package in the ImportConfig.xml file available in the PkgFolder.

Step 3: Build the package -

Step: Run the Package Deployer tool
After you create a package, you can deploy it on the Dataverse instance by using either the Package Deployer tool or Windows PowerShell.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/alm/package-deployer-tool

Question 44 ( Question Set 2 ) 

HOTSPOT -
You have a model-driven app that uses the Common Data Service (CDS). You create three custom entities that are in many-to-one parental relationships with the
Account entity.
You run a real-time workflow that assigns an account you own to another user. You receive the error message as shown in the Error Message exhibit. (Click the
Error Message tab.)
You check the security roles for the user as shown in the Manage User Roles exhibit. (Click the Manage User Roles tab.) You also check the privileges for that role as shown in the Common Data Service User Security
Role exhibit. (Click the Security Role tab.)

You need to prevent the error from recurring.

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: No -
There is a read error.

Box 2: No -
Note: The Environment Maker role can create resources within an environment including apps, connections, custom connectors, gateways, and flows using Power
Automate.

Box 3: Yes -
The System Customizer role is similar to the System Administrator role which enables non-system administrators to customize Dynamics 365. A Customizer is a user who customizes entities, attributes and
relationships.
Box 4: Yes

Question 45 ( Question Set 2 ) 

DRAG DROP -
A company is creating a new system based on Microsoft Dataverse.
You need to select the features that meet the company's requirements.
Which options should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate options to the correct requirements. Each option may be used once, more than once, or not at all.
You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Box 1: one-to-many relationship -

Only one (1:N) self-referential relationship per table can be set as hierarchical. In a self-referential relationship the primary table and the related table must be of the same type.

Box 2: one-to-many relationship -

1:N (One-to-Many) - A table relationship where one table row for the Primary table can be associated to many other Related table rows because of a lookup column on the related table.
Note: The N:1 (many-to-one) relationship type exists in the user interface because the designer shows you a view grouped by tables. 1:N relationships actually exist between tables and refer to each table as either a
Primary/Current table or Related table. The related table, sometimes called the child table, has a lookup column that allows storing a reference to a row from the primary table, sometimes called the parent table. A N:1
relationship is just a 1:N relationship viewed from the related table.
Box 3: many-to-many relationship
N:N (Many-to-Many) - A table relationship that depends on a special Relationship table, sometimes called an Intersect table, so that many rows of one table can be related to many rows of another table.
When viewing rows of either table in a N:N relationship you can see a list of any rows of the other table that are related to it.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/common-data-service/create-edit-entity-relationships https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/maker/data-platform/visualize-hierarchical-data

Question 46 ( Question Set 2 )


HOTSPOT -
A school district wants to standardize student information and student performance records. Students in the district are assigned to a specific school. Students are evaluated using class records.
When students move between schools in the middle of a school year, the student's current class history must be available to the administrators at the new school.
You need to configure Microsoft Dataverse tables to connect the class history records to their respective class records.
How should you configure the table? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Answer :

Box 1: Team -
'the student‫ג‬€™s current class history must be available to the administrators at the new school.'

Box 2: Many-to-one -

Box 3: Parental -
The N:1 (many-to-one) relationship type exists in the user interface because the designer shows you a view grouped by tables. 1:N relationships actually exist between tables and refer to each table as either a
Primary/Current table or Related table. The related table, sometimes called the child table, has a lookup column that allows storing a reference to a row from the primary table, sometimes called the parent table. A N:1
relationship is just a 1:N relationship viewed from the related table.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/user-team-entities https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/data-platform/create-edit-entity-relationships#types-of-table-
relationships

Question 47 ( Question Set 2 ) 

HOTSPOT -
You are developing an app for a sales team to record contact details in Microsoft Dataverse.
The app must handle loss of network and save the data to Dataverse when reconnected.
The main screen of the app has a form to collect contact data and a button. The OnSelect property for the button has the following expression:

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: Yes -
LoadData and SaveData combine to form a simple mechanism to store small amounts of data on a local device. By using these functions, you can add simple offline capabilities to your app.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/offline-apps

Question 48 ( Question Set 2 ) 

You are creating a new page for a Power Apps portal.
You need to display data from Microsoft Dataverse on the page.
What should you use?

A. Liquid
B. CSS
C. iFrame
D. Bootstrap

Answer : A

Liquid is an open-source template language that is integrated natively into Microsoft Power Apps portals. It acts as a bridge between Dataverse and the HTML or text output that is sent to the browser. Liquid can be
used to add dynamic content to pages and to create a variety of custom templates. Additionally, Liquid provides access only to the data and operations that are explicitly allowed by the portals.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/liquid-template-language/

Question 49 ( Question Set 2 )


DRAG DROP -
You are creating a canvas app for a company. A security role has been created for sales representatives and a second security role has been created for sales managers.
The canvas app has the following requirements:
✑ Sales managers must be able to view the records of the salespeople in their business unit.
✑ Sales managers must be the only people who can view sales probability data in opportunity records.
✑ Sales representatives and new hires assigned to the same territory share access to sales records.
You need to assign permissions for the app.
Which security options should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate security options to the correct scenarios. Each security option may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split
bar between panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Box 1: Role-based security -

Dataverse uses role-based security to group together a collection of privileges. These security roles can be associated directly to users, or they can be associated with Dataverse teams and business units.

Box 2: Field-level security -

Sometimes record-level control of access is not adequate for some business scenarios. Dataverse has a field-level security feature to allow more granular control of security at the field level. Field-level security can be
enabled on all custom fields and most system fields.

Box 3: Record-level security -

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/wp-security-cds

Question 50 ( Question Set 2 )


HOTSPOT -
You are synchronizing company data from a SQL Server-based .NET application into a Common Data Service (CDS) environment.
The data is entered in both the SQL Server and CDS systems.
You have a program that includes the following code:

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: No.
An alternate key is needed, not a new field for the record identifier.

Box 2: Yes -
The specified key attributes are not a defined key for the account entity.

Name: EntityKeyNotDefined -
Message: The specified key attributes are not a defined key for the {0} entity

Box 3: Yes -
One way to create an entity is by using the UpsertRequest class. An upsert will create a new entity when there is no existing record that has the unique identifiers included in the entity passed with the request.

Box 4: No -
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/common-data-service/org-service/web-service-error-codes https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/common-data-service/org-
service/entity-operations-update-delete#use-upsert

Question 51 ( Question Set 2 )


DRAG DROP -
A company is creating a new system based on the Microsoft Dataverse.
You need to select the Dataverse features that meet the company's requirements.
Which features should you select? To answer, drag the appropriate features to the correct requirements. Each feature may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may needs to drag the split bar between
panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:
Answer :

Box 1: Referential -
Active/ Cascade Active one-to-many entity relationship: Perform the action on all active referencing entity records associated with the referenced entity record.

Box 2: Cascade User Owner -

Cascade User Owned: Perform the action on all referencing entity records owned by the same user as the referenced entity record.
Box 3: Referential, Restrict Delete
Restrict: Prevent the Referenced entity record from being deleted when referencing entities exist.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/common-data-service/configure-entity-relationship-cascading-behavior

Question 52 ( Question Set 2 )


DRAG DROP -
A company implements Dynamics 365 Sales.
Only sales managers must be able to perform the approval to move high value sales on in the opportunity qualification process. A new field must be created to capture the approval.
You need to create and secure the new field.
Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:
Answer :

Step 1: Enable field security in the Approval field.

1. Enable field security on one or more fields for a given entity.
2. Associate one more existing security profiles, or create one or more new security profiles to grant the appropriate access to specific users or teams (step 2 and step 3 below).
Step 2: Create a new field security profile.
Create a new field security profile for the sales manager.
Step 3: Set the field permissions‫ג‬€¦security profile
Step 2 and step 3, example:
Configure the security profiles.
1. Create the field security profile for sales managers.
2. Go to Settings > Security.
3. Click Field Security Profiles.
4. Click New, enter a name, such as Sales Manager access contact mobile phone, and click Save.
5. Click Users, click Add, select the users that you want to grant read access to the mobile phone number on the contact form, and then click Add.
6. Click Field Permissions, click mobilephone, click Edit, select Yes next to Allow Read, and then click OK.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/customerengagement/on-premises/admin/field-level-security

Question 53 ( Question Set 2 )


HOTSPOT -
A company delivers packages to businesses and consumers. A custom entity named Package captures the package details.
You need to add the following sets of fields to the entity and leverage the built-in operations of the platform:
✑ A set of fields to represent the package length, width, depth, and weight. The maximum value for any dimension is 100 centimeters.
✑ A set of fields for time-sensitive attributes to calculate the efficiency of a delivery. The calculation must be based on a delivery is entered in the system and the value for a custom field named Delivery time.
Which constructs should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Answer :

Box 1: DIFFINMINUTES(Created on, Delivery Time)

DIFFINMINUTES (date and time, date and time) returns the difference in minutes between two Date and Time columns.

Box 2: Duration -
Duration - A number value presented as a drop-down list that contains time intervals. A user can select a value from the list or type an integer value that represents the number of minutes. The duration must be
entered in the format: ‫ג‬€x minutes‫ ג‬,€‫ג‬€x hours‫ג‬€ or ‫ג‬€x days‫ג‬€. Hours and days can also be entered using decimals, for example, ‫ג‬€x.x hours‫ג‬€ or ‫ג‬€x.x days‫ג‬€. The values entered must be expressible in minutes,
sub-minute values will be rounded to the nearest minute.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/common-data-service/define-calculated-fields https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/maker/data-platform/create-edit-field-portal

Question 54 ( Question Set 2 )


A financial services company uses the Common Data Service (CDS) to develop solutions. The company uses development and production instances.
You need to move solutions from the development instance to the production instance.
What are two possible ways to achieve this goal? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. In the development instance, make changes to the solutions that are deployed in the production instance, export the solutions as managed solutions, and import the managed solutions into the production instance.
B. In the development instance, highlight the solution you want to make changes to, select Clone a Patch, make changes, export the solution, and import the solution into the production instance.
C. Export all managed solutions from the development instance and import the solutions into the production instance.
D. In the production instance, import solutions with the same version number or higher when updating solutions.

Answer : AB

A: When you import a managed solution, all component changes will be brought into the environment in a published state.
B: You can apply patches to either managed or unmanaged solutions and include only changes to entities and related entity assets. Patches do not contain any non-customized system components or relationships that
it dependents upon because these components already exist in the deployed-to organization. At some point in your development cycle, you can roll up all the patches into a new solution version to replace the original
solution that the patches were created from.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/common-data-service/import-update-export-solutions https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/alm/create-patches-simplify-solution-updates

Question 55 ( Question Set 2 ) 

DRAG DROP -
A company uses Common Data Service (CDS) and manages their engineers using a model-driven app.
You create a new reusable custom component named Component1 by using the Power Apps component framework (PCF).
You need to package Component1 for deployment into the model-driven app.
Which three commands should you run in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:
Answer :

Step 1: pac solution init --publisher-name <publisher> --publisher-prefix <prefix>

Create a new solutions project using the following command. The solution project is used for bundling the code component into a solution zip file that is used for importing into Dataverse. pac solution init --publisher-
name developer --publisher-prefix dev
Step 2: pac solution add-reference --path <control-path>
Once the new solution project is created, refer the Solutions folder to the location where the created sample component is located. You can add the reference using the command shown below. This reference informs
the solution project about which code components should be added during the build. You can add references to multiple components in a single solution project. pac solution add-reference --path
c:\downloads\mysamplecomponent
Step 3: msbuild /t:build /restore
To generate a zip file from the solution project, go into your solution project directory and build the project using the following command. This command uses
MSBuild to build the solution project by pulling down the NuGet dependencies as part of the restore. Use the /restore only for the first time when the solution project is built. For every build after that, you can run the
command msbuild. msbuild /t:build /restore
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/component-framework/import-custom-controls

Question 56 ( Question Set 2 )


You are developing a model-driven app. The app uses data from two custom tables. The tables have a parent-child relationship. The parent record form contains a subgrid that displays the child records.
When creating a new child record from the parent form, data must automatically populate in the child record form to reduce data input errors.
You need to implement the solution.
What should you do?

A. Use a Power Automate flow to read data from the parent record and update the child record upon creation.
B. Map table columns from the parent record to the child record.
C. Create a business rule that sets the default values on the child record fields to values from the parent record.
D. Include a quick view form on the child record showing the data from the parent record.

Answer : B

A subgrid exists within a main form and let app users view data within a Dataverse table, typically related to the record currently being reviewed.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/model-driven-apps/sub-grid-properties-legacy

Question 57 ( Question Set 2 )


DRAG DROP -
A company has a Common Data Service (CDS) environment.
All accounts in the system with a relationship type of Customer set must have an account number. A plug-in has been developed.
When a Customer is updated with a relationship type, the plug-in sets the account number if not provided by the user.
You need to register the plug-in.
Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Step 1: In the Plug-in Registration tool, select Register New Assembly.

You use the Plug-in Registration tool (PRT) to register your plug-in assemblies and steps.
Registering an assembly is the process of uploading the assembly to the Dataverse database.
Step 2: In the Plug-in Registration tool, Select Register New Step,..PreOperation
PreOperation occurs before the main system operation and within the database transaction.
If you want to change any values for an entity included in the message, you should do it here.
Step 3: In the Plug-in Registration tool, Select Register New Image, change the Image type to be a PreImage, and..
If your plug-in step is registered in the PreValidation or PreOperation stages of the execution pipeline, you could use the Organization service to retrieve the current value of the property, but this is not a good practice
for performance. A better practice is to define a pre-entity image with your plug-in step registration.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/register-plug-in

Question 58 ( Question Set 2 )


You are developing a Power Platform solution for a medical practice. You create a custom table named Doctors to record details about the doctors who work at the medical practice.
You must be able to attach a PDF copy of a doctor's medical license to the row for each doctor.
You need to configure the table.
What should you do?

A. Create a Power Automate flow to add attachments.

B. Navigate to Table options and enable attachments.
C. Navigate to Column options and enable attachments.
D. Create relationships between the Doctor table and the Notes table.

Answer : C

A file column is used for storing file data up to a specified maximum size. A custom or customizable table can have zero or more file columns plus a notes
(annotation) collection with zero to one attachment in each note.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/file-attributes
 Question 59 ( Question Set 2 )

HOTSPOT -
You are creating a package for a Power Platform solution. The package will include custom code and sample data.
The package must include all files that need to be installed.
You need to configure the package.
Which setting should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: PackageTemplate.cs -
Define custom code for your package in the PackageTemplate.cs file.

Box 2: ImportConfig.xml -
The sample data and some flat files for solutions specified in the ImportConfig.xml file are imported before the solution import completes.

Box 3: Copy Always -

Set the Copy to Output Directory value to Copy Always. This ensures that your file is available in the generated package.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/alm/package-deployer-tool

Question 60 ( Question Set 2 ) 

You plan to populate records in a Microsoft Dataverse entity containing an option set field.
The source system has the label for the option set but not the corresponding integer value.
You are using a non .NET programming language.
You need to find the integer value for the option set.
What should you do?

A. Use Web API and use a PicklistAttibuteMetadata request.

B. Use the Organization service and execute a RetrieveOptionSetRequest request.
C. Use Web API and use an InsertOptionValue action.
D. Use the Organization service and execute a RetrieveAttributeRequest request.

Answer : B

You can retrieve a global choice (option set) by name (label) using the RetrieveOptionSetRequest message.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/org-service/metadata-option-sets

Question 61 ( Question Set 2 ) 

A travel company has a Common Data Service (CDS) environment.
The company requires the following:
✑ Custom entities that track which regions clients have traveled.
The dates their clients traveled to these regions.

You need to create the entities and relationships to meet the requirements.
Which three actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Create a N:N relationship from Contact to the Region entity.

B. Create a 1:N relationship from the ContactRegion intersect entity and Region.
C. Create an intersect entity named ContactRegion and create 1:N relationships to Contact and Region.
D. On the main form for ContactRegion, add lookup fields for Contact and Region, and a date field for the visit date.
E. Create a 1:N relationship from Contact to the Region entity.
F. Create the Region entity.
G. On the main form for ContactRegion, add a sub-grid to view country information.
H. Create an intersect entity named ContactRegion and create N:1 relationships to Contact and Region.

Answer : CDF

Need a Region entity, a intersect entity ContactRegion between Contact and Region, and a way to input region visits.

Question 62 ( Question Set 2 )


HOTSPOT -
You are troubleshooting Power Apps solutions.
You need to determine the cause for the identified issues.
What is the root cause for each issue? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Answer :

Box 1: A canvas app in the first solution has errors.

Box 2: The code uses the following rule: web-use-strict-mode
web-use-strict-mode is able to throw a SyntaxError before the script is executing.
Example:
The reason is JavaScript lets you compare different variable types but this can have unexpected results, so by using the strict === it compares the same type and won‫ג‬€™t have unexpected results this gets a warning
entity.field == "Line1"
Incorrect Answers:
web-avoid-eval: The eval() function evaluates JavaScript code represented as a string. web-avoid-modals: Avoid using modal dialogs. web-remove-debug-script: Avoid including debug script in non-development
environments.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/common-data-service/common-issues-resolutions-solution-checker

Question 63 ( Question Set 2 ) 

A company uses Common Data Service rollup fields to calculate insurance exposure and risk profiles for customers.
Users report that the system does not update values for the rollup fields when new insurance policies are written.
You need to recalculate the value of the rollup fields immediately after a policy is created.
What should you do?

A. Create new fields on the customer entity for insurance exposure and risk. Write a workflow process that is triggered when a new policy record is created to calculate the sum of values from policy records.
B. Update the Mass Calculate Rollup Field job to trigger when a new policy record is created.
C. Change the frequency of the Calculate Rollup Field recurring job from every hour to every five minutes.
D. Create a plug-in that uses the CalculateRollupFieldRequest method for the rollup field. Configure a step on the Create event for the policy entity for this plug-in.

Answer : D

In case you want to calculate Rollup field immediately whenever child record gets created, updated or deleted, you can write custom C# plugin or custom workflow activity and use SDK message
‫ג‬€CalculateRollupFieldRequest‫ג‬€.
Incorrect:
Not B: Mass Calculate Rollup Field ‫ג‬€" This job is created per Rollup field and runs when you create or update Rollup field. By default, job runs in 12 hours after you create or update Rollup field. You can adjust start
time of this job to make sure job runs during non-operational hours
Reference:
https://sachinbansal.blog/2018/05/07/dynamics-365-rollup-fields-important-points/

Question 64 ( Question Set 2 )


The communication department for a company plans to add a publicly accessible survey page to the company's public website.
You must add the new survey page to the company's public website and capture data from the page to a Microsoft Dataverse environment.
Explicit user credentials must not be required to write survey data to Dataverse.
You need to implement authentication.
Which authentication mechanism should you implement?

A. ADFS
B. Azure AD Conditional Access
C. Azure guest account
D. Client secret

Answer : C

Canvas apps can be shared with guest users of an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant. This enables inviting external business partners, contractors, and third parties to run your company's canvas apps.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/maker/canvas-apps/share-app-guests

Question 65 ( Question Set 2 )


You are a Power App maker.
You are developing an app in a development environment. You create the following custom forms in the Account entity:
FormB contains a message that appears in the OnLoad function of the form.

✑ FormC contains a message that appears in the OnSave function of the form.
You add the forms to a solution and export the solution as managed. Importing the managed solution into the test environment produces an error indicating the solution is missing a component.
You need to identify the issue.
What is the cause of the import error?
A. The web resources were not added to the form before adding the form to the solution.
B. The solution must be exported as an unmanaged solution.
C. The web resources were not added to the solution before exporting.
D. A copy of the form must be made before adding to the solution.

Answer : C

Symptoms.
When attempting to import a solution in Microsoft Dynamics 365, the import fails with the following message:
The import of the solution [solution name] failed. The following components are missing in your system and are not included in the solution. Import the managed solutions that contain these components ([name of
missing solution] ([solution version])) and then try importing the solution again.
Cause.
This error occurs if you are trying to import a solution that depends on other components that are not in your Microsoft Dynamics 365 organization.

Resolution -
Review the missing component details shown in the import dialog. If there are other solutions listed that are not already imported in the organization where you are trying to import this solution, import those
solutions first before trying to import this solution.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/troubleshoot/dynamics-365/sales/import-of-solution-fails-due-to-missing-components

Question 66 ( Question Set 2 ) 

You are developing a model-driven app for a company.
The app must map child records to a parent record.
You need to use the column mapping feature to configure the app.
Which two actions can you perform? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Map the value of a Choices column on the child table to the value of a Choices column on the parent table.
B. Map the value of a column on the parent table that uses column values from the child table.
C. Map the value of columns on both the child table quick-create and main forms to the value for the same columns on the parent table.
D. Map the value of a single line of text column on the child table to the value of a currency column on the parent record.

Answer : AC

Incorrect:
Not B: It is the opposite. The child table uses column values from the parent table.
Not D: The data types need to match. Both columns must be of the same type and the same format.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/maker/data-platform/map-entity-fields

Question 67 ( Question Set 2 )


DRAG DROP -
You are creating a Power Platform solution for a fitness studio. Members of the studio will use the solution to track their progress towards fitness goals. Personal trainers create programs with different exercises to
match a member's fitness level. Members can opt into a program to submit information about their progress with exercises suggested by a trainer.
Fitness programs and exercises have specific durations, prices, and dates.
You need to ensure that members can see all of the exercises that a trainer suggests in their calendars.
What should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate options to the data types. Each option may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view
content.
Select and Place:
Answer :

Box 1: Standard table with User or Team ownership

Table ownership -
There are two different types of standard and custom table ownership. When you create a custom table the ownership options are User or team or Organization owned. Once a table is created, the ownership type can't
be changed.
Organization - Data belongs to the organization. Access to the data is controlled at the organization level.
User or team - Data belongs to a user or a team. Actions that can be performed on these rows can be controlled on a user level.
Note: Tables appear in Power Apps as one of three different types, which indicate how the table came into the environment, whether the table is managed or unmanaged, and whether it can be customized.
* Standard: Several standard tables, also known as out-of-box tables, are included with a Power Platform environment, that includes Microsoft Dataverse.
Account, business unit, contact, task, and user tables are examples of standard tables in Dataverse. Most of the standard tables included with Dataverse can be customized. Tables that are imported as part of a
managed solution and set as customizable also appear as standard tables. Any user with appropriate privileges can customize these tables where the table property has customizable set to true.
* Managed: Are tables that aren‫ג‬€™t customizable and have been imported into the environment as part of a managed solution.
* Custom: Custom tables are unmanaged tables that are either imported from an unmanaged solution or are new tables created directly in the environment. Any user with appropriate privileges can fully customize
these tables.
Box 2: Activity table with User or Team ownership

Activity tables -
An activity can be thought of as any action for which an entry can be made on a calendar. An activity has time dimensions (start time, stop time, due date, and duration) that help determine when the action occurred
or will occur. Activities also contain data that helps determine what action the activity represents, for example, subject and description. An activity can be opened, canceled, or completed. The completed status of an
activity will have several sub-status values associated with it to clarify the way that the activity was completed.
Activity tables are a special kind of table that can only be owned by a user or team, but can‫ג‬€™t be owned by an organization. When you create a table, you can specify it as a standard or activity table.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/maker/data-platform/types-of-entities

Question 68 ( Question Set 2 )


DRAG DROP -
You have a Microsoft Power Platform solution that includes canvas apps and Power Automate cloud flows. The canvas apps and flows interact with a third-party content management system (CMS). You store the URL
for the CMS version (development or production) in an environment variable.
You deploy the solution to a production environment. You observe that the environment variable references the development URL for the CMS. You update the
URL value of the variable directly in the production environment.
You need to assess which environment variable value will be used in the following scenarios.
Which versions of the environment variable will the solution use? To answer, drag the appropriate environment variable versions to the correct scenarios. Each environment variable version may be used once, more
than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Box 1: Development -

Box 2: Production -
Environment variables can be created and modified within the modern solution interface, automatically created when connecting to certain data sources in canvas apps, or by using code. They can also be imported to
an environment via solutions. Once environment variables are present in an environment, they can be used as inputs when authoring canvas apps, Power Automate flows, when developing plug-ins, as well as many
other places such as adding a Power BI dashboard to a model-driven app. When these types of objects use environment variables, the values are then derived from the environment variables and can be changed when
solutions are imported to other environments.

Box 3: Production -
Environment variables can be used in solution cloud flows since they are available in the dynamic content selector. All types of environment variables can be used in triggers and actions.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/maker/data-platform/environmentvariables

Question 69 ( Question Set 2 ) 

HOTSPOT
-

You are developing a canvas app for a healthcare center.

You need to create custom tables for the solution. You have the following requirements:

You need to create the tables.

Which table type should you create? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 70 ( Question Set 2 )


You are mapping data from an enterprise resource planning (ERP) system to Microsoft Dataverse.

You must reference the Name and Email from the ERP system during mapping to ensure that records are unique.

You need to create an alternate key that references the Name and Email columns.

How should you create the key?

A. Add a Power Apps command function.

B. Use Power Fx.
C. Add column to the Account table in Dataverse.
D. Create a key in the Account table in Dataverse.
Answer : D

Question 71 ( Question Set 2 )


You develop a model-driven app to include a form containing several columns. Two groups of users. named Group1 and Group2 will access the form.

A column contains sensitive data that should not be read by Group2. Group1 must be able to access the column.

You need to prevent Group2 users from viewing the sensitive data.

What should you do?

A. Create a security role for users in Group1 to grant users access to the column.
B. Create multiple forms. Assign a form containing the sensitive data to Group1. Assign a form that does not contain the sensitive data to Group2.
C. Use JavaScript to set visibility of the column based on the group of the current user.
D. Create a field-level security profile for Group1 users to grant the users access to the column.

Answer : D

Question 72 ( Question Set 2 ) 

HOTSPOT
-

A company deploys a set of automation processes. A process generates errors. A portion of the error log is displayed below.

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 73 ( Question Set 2 )


HOTSPOT
-

The following code updates the customersizecode choice column on the Account table if the numberofemployees column value is greater than 100.

Line numbering is provided for information only.

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 74 ( Question Set 2 )


You are developing a Power Apps app to manage records in the Account table in Microsoft Dataverse.

You must configure a Web API request to retrieve changes from the table.

You need to configure the preference header for the API request.

What should you include in the request header?

A. odata.nextLink
B. odata.context
C. odata.deltaLink

Answer : C

Question 75 ( Question Set 2 ) 

You enable change tracking on the Account table in Microsoft Dataverse.

You plan to use the Organization Service to retrieve the delta data by using C#.

You need to determine which message to use.

What should you use?

A. RetrieveAttributeRequest
B. odata.track-changes
C. RetrieveEntityChangesRequest
D. UpdateEntityRequest
E. UpdateRequest

Answer : B

Question 76 ( Question Set 2 ) 

A Microsoft Dataverse database contains two custom tables named TableA and TableB. The tables are configured with the following:

• A one-to-many relationship is configured between TableA and TableB.

• A lookup to TableA appears on a form in TableB.
• Both tables are components of an unmanaged solution.
• Both tables are components in a Power BI report.

You receive an error when attempting to delete TableA.

You need to delete the table.

What should you do?

A. Remove TableA from the Power BI report.
B. Remove the relationship between TableA and TableB.
C. Remove TableA from the unmanaged solution.
D. Remove the lookup field to TableA on the TableB form.

Answer : B

Question 77 ( Question Set 2 )


Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must
manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about
the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot
return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Background -

Proseware, Inc. is an industry leading software company with several thousand employees. The company has had some trouble recruiting talented employees. Top-level candidates interview with the company but go
on to work for competitors.

Feedback from candidates show that some offers were not accepted because the interview scheduling process was unpleasant. The company does not have a system to keep track of the candidates that were not
selected.

Current Environment -

The recruiting process starts when an individual applies for a position on the company website. The individual may have found the position on their own, they may have been officially referred by an employee, or in
some cases were contacted directly by a hiring manager and encouraged to apply.

Recruiters schedule an interview with a hiring manager and interviews with two senior team members. Each interview results in feedback about the candidate and a recommendation whether to hire or not.

The recruiting team manages all information by using a model-driven application.

The company has the following Microsoft Dataverse tables and columns:

• JobPosting
- Hiring Manager - lookup to SystemUser
- Recruiter Assigned - lookup to SystemUser
• Contact (Job Applicant)
- Contact identifier
- First name
- Last name
- Time-Zone Offset
- Person of Interest - Yes/No (default)
• Application proapplication
- Contact identifier, Contact - lookup to Contact
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
- pro_recruiterassignedid
• Interview
- Application - lookup to Application
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
- Recommend - Choice (Yes (0), No (1), and null (default) are the available values)
- Person of Interest - Yes/No, No is the default value
• Referral
- Contact - lookup to Contact
- Referrer - lookup to SystemUser
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
• SystemUser
- Manager - lookup to SystemUser
- Time-Zone Offset
• Recruiter
- Recruiter identifier
- Recruiter name

Applications -
There may be multiple applications associated with each job posting. Applications are linked to an employee record if an employee referred the applicant for a position. The same individual can be an applicant for
multiple job postings.

Interviews -
Each interview is performed by an employee and is related to a single application.

The interview scheduling process may force potential candidates to accept interviews at unusual times with the senior team members due to time-zone differences.

Requirements. Interview Scheduling

The system must provide recruiters with a list of team members and their time-zone information. You must create a Microsoft Power Apps Component Framework (PCF) control for the Job Application form to display
a list of senior team members who report directly to a hiring manager.

• The control must display the current time in each team member's local time.
• The control must be bound so that it minimizes the amount of code that must be written.
• You must display the list of team members and sort the list to show team members who reside in time zones closest to the applicant's time zone first.

You must develop a second PCF control that displays the time-zone name and current time on the Job Application form. You must display the data in the candidate’s local time.

Requirements. Historical Information Tracking

You must create a process to identify individuals as a person of interest that the company should consider hiring. You must assign each individual a score based on their past interactions.

• You must be able to determine the following information about a candidate:

- The number of interviews in the past two years and whether team members provided recommendations
- The number of hiring manager referrals and employee referrals in the past two years
- Whether the individual has any of the 12 designations or certifications that the company considers significant
• Only a single referral can be made per job application. The system must be able to support multiple referrals for a candidate.
• The system must track referrals even if an application is not completed.

Requirements. Historical Information Scoring

The automated process must run weekly to assess all candidates. The process must also run automatically when historical information is updated. You must be able to perform scoring by selecting a command button
on the contact form.

• This new command button must only be visible to employees who belong to a security role assigned named Recruiter. The command button must not be visible to anyone unless the contact form is in Update mode.
• A person of interest is defined as having a score of 15 or more based on the following historical information criteria:
- Each interview with a recommendation adds two to the score.
- Each interview without a recommendation subtracts two from the score.
- Each employee or manager referral adds one to the score.
- Each designation or certification adds one to the score.
• All scoring elements must be recalculated when changes occur. You must assign the score to the Person of interest field.
• Values representing totals or scores must be stored in their own numeric fields.
• Plug-ins must be used to keep the Person of Interest field on active interview records associated with the Contact.
• Plug-ins registered on the update of the Person of interest field must send an email notification when the candidate named in the email is a person of interest. Recruiters must receive the message when the field is
updated on the Contact record.
• Interviewers must get an email notification when the Person of Interest field on the interview record is successfully updated.

Requirements. Design Guidelines -

The following design guidelines must be followed:

• Schema changes must be made using the method requiring the least amount of storage to meet the requirement.
• Out-of-the-box functionality must be used when possible.
• Any code required to calculate scores must be able to be run from a single point.
• Email notifications need to be kept to a minimum.

Issues -

• Recruiters report that the command button to score a candidate is not working. You debug the code and observe that the context input parameter is null.
• The system does not support associating designations and certifications with candidates.
• The value for the field used by the PCF control to display local time is saved to Microsoft Dataverse each time an active application record is opened.
• Interviewers report that they do not receive email notifications when interview records are created for an existing person of interest.

You need to store designations and certifications.

What should you do?

A. Create a new Lookup column on the Contact table.
B. Create a new table that has an N:N relationship with the Contact table.
C. Create a new table that has an N:1 relationship with the Contact table.
D. Create a new Choices column on the Contact table.

Answer : C

Question 78 ( Question Set 2 ) 

Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must
manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about
the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot
return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Background -

Proseware, Inc. is an industry leading software company with several thousand employees. The company has had some trouble recruiting talented employees. Top-level candidates interview with the company but go
on to work for competitors.

Feedback from candidates show that some offers were not accepted because the interview scheduling process was unpleasant. The company does not have a system to keep track of the candidates that were not
selected.

Current Environment -

The recruiting process starts when an individual applies for a position on the company website. The individual may have found the position on their own, they may have been officially referred by an employee, or in
some cases were contacted directly by a hiring manager and encouraged to apply.

Recruiters schedule an interview with a hiring manager and interviews with two senior team members. Each interview results in feedback about the candidate and a recommendation whether to hire or not.

The recruiting team manages all information by using a model-driven application.

The company has the following Microsoft Dataverse tables and columns:
• JobPosting
- Hiring Manager - lookup to SystemUser
- Recruiter Assigned - lookup to SystemUser
• Contact (Job Applicant)
- Contact identifier
- First name
- Last name
- Time-Zone Offset
- Person of Interest - Yes/No (default)
• Application proapplication
- Contact identifier, Contact - lookup to Contact
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
- pro_recruiterassignedid
• Interview
- Application - lookup to Application
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
- Recommend - Choice (Yes (0), No (1), and null (default) are the available values)
- Person of Interest - Yes/No, No is the default value
• Referral
- Contact - lookup to Contact
- Referrer - lookup to SystemUser
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
• SystemUser
- Manager - lookup to SystemUser
- Time-Zone Offset
• Recruiter
- Recruiter identifier
- Recruiter name

Applications -
There may be multiple applications associated with each job posting. Applications are linked to an employee record if an employee referred the applicant for a position. The same individual can be an applicant for
multiple job postings.

Interviews -
Each interview is performed by an employee and is related to a single application.

The interview scheduling process may force potential candidates to accept interviews at unusual times with the senior team members due to time-zone differences.

Requirements. Interview Scheduling

The system must provide recruiters with a list of team members and their time-zone information. You must create a Microsoft Power Apps Component Framework (PCF) control for the Job Application form to display
a list of senior team members who report directly to a hiring manager.

• The control must display the current time in each team member's local time.
• The control must be bound so that it minimizes the amount of code that must be written.
• You must display the list of team members and sort the list to show team members who reside in time zones closest to the applicant's time zone first.

You must develop a second PCF control that displays the time-zone name and current time on the Job Application form. You must display the data in the candidate’s local time.

Requirements. Historical Information Tracking

You must create a process to identify individuals as a person of interest that the company should consider hiring. You must assign each individual a score based on their past interactions.

• You must be able to determine the following information about a candidate:

- The number of interviews in the past two years and whether team members provided recommendations
- The number of hiring manager referrals and employee referrals in the past two years
- Whether the individual has any of the 12 designations or certifications that the company considers significant
• Only a single referral can be made per job application. The system must be able to support multiple referrals for a candidate.
• The system must track referrals even if an application is not completed.

Requirements. Historical Information Scoring

The automated process must run weekly to assess all candidates. The process must also run automatically when historical information is updated. You must be able to perform scoring by selecting a command button
on the contact form.

• This new command button must only be visible to employees who belong to a security role assigned named Recruiter. The command button must not be visible to anyone unless the contact form is in Update mode.
• A person of interest is defined as having a score of 15 or more based on the following historical information criteria:
- Each interview with a recommendation adds two to the score.
- Each interview without a recommendation subtracts two from the score.
- Each employee or manager referral adds one to the score.
- Each designation or certification adds one to the score.
• All scoring elements must be recalculated when changes occur. You must assign the score to the Person of interest field.
• Values representing totals or scores must be stored in their own numeric fields.
• Plug-ins must be used to keep the Person of Interest field on active interview records associated with the Contact.
• Plug-ins registered on the update of the Person of interest field must send an email notification when the candidate named in the email is a person of interest. Recruiters must receive the message when the field is
updated on the Contact record.
• Interviewers must get an email notification when the Person of Interest field on the interview record is successfully updated.

Requirements. Design Guidelines -

The following design guidelines must be followed:

• Schema changes must be made using the method requiring the least amount of storage to meet the requirement.
• Out-of-the-box functionality must be used when possible.
• Any code required to calculate scores must be able to be run from a single point.
• Email notifications need to be kept to a minimum.

Issues -

• Recruiters report that the command button to score a candidate is not working. You debug the code and observe that the context input parameter is null.
• The system does not support associating designations and certifications with candidates.
• The value for the field used by the PCF control to display local time is saved to Microsoft Dataverse each time an active application record is opened.
• Interviewers report that they do not receive email notifications when interview records are created for an existing person of interest.

You need to prevent the field used by the PCF control from updating the record.

What are two possible ways to achieve the goal? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Create a business rule to clear the field value.
B. Make the field read-only.
C. Call the setSubmitMode(‘never’) function on the field.
D. Disable existing event handlers on the field.
Answer : BC

Question 79 ( Question Set 2 )


Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must
manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about
the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot
return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Background -

Proseware, Inc. is an industry leading software company with several thousand employees. The company has had some trouble recruiting talented employees. Top-level candidates interview with the company but go
on to work for competitors.

Feedback from candidates show that some offers were not accepted because the interview scheduling process was unpleasant. The company does not have a system to keep track of the candidates that were not
selected.

Current Environment -

The recruiting process starts when an individual applies for a position on the company website. The individual may have found the position on their own, they may have been officially referred by an employee, or in
some cases were contacted directly by a hiring manager and encouraged to apply.

Recruiters schedule an interview with a hiring manager and interviews with two senior team members. Each interview results in feedback about the candidate and a recommendation whether to hire or not.

The recruiting team manages all information by using a model-driven application.

The company has the following Microsoft Dataverse tables and columns:

• JobPosting
- Hiring Manager - lookup to SystemUser
- Recruiter Assigned - lookup to SystemUser
• Contact (Job Applicant)
- Contact identifier
- First name
- Last name
- Time-Zone Offset
- Person of Interest - Yes/No (default)
• Application proapplication
- Contact identifier, Contact - lookup to Contact
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
- pro_recruiterassignedid
• Interview
- Application - lookup to Application
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
- Recommend - Choice (Yes (0), No (1), and null (default) are the available values)
- Person of Interest - Yes/No, No is the default value
• Referral
- Contact - lookup to Contact
- Referrer - lookup to SystemUser
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
• SystemUser
- Manager - lookup to SystemUser
- Time-Zone Offset
• Recruiter
- Recruiter identifier
- Recruiter name

Applications -
There may be multiple applications associated with each job posting. Applications are linked to an employee record if an employee referred the applicant for a position. The same individual can be an applicant for
multiple job postings.

Interviews -
Each interview is performed by an employee and is related to a single application.

The interview scheduling process may force potential candidates to accept interviews at unusual times with the senior team members due to time-zone differences.

Requirements. Interview Scheduling

The system must provide recruiters with a list of team members and their time-zone information. You must create a Microsoft Power Apps Component Framework (PCF) control for the Job Application form to display
a list of senior team members who report directly to a hiring manager.

• The control must display the current time in each team member's local time.
• The control must be bound so that it minimizes the amount of code that must be written.
• You must display the list of team members and sort the list to show team members who reside in time zones closest to the applicant's time zone first.

You must develop a second PCF control that displays the time-zone name and current time on the Job Application form. You must display the data in the candidate’s local time.

Requirements. Historical Information Tracking

You must create a process to identify individuals as a person of interest that the company should consider hiring. You must assign each individual a score based on their past interactions.

• You must be able to determine the following information about a candidate:

- The number of interviews in the past two years and whether team members provided recommendations
- The number of hiring manager referrals and employee referrals in the past two years
- Whether the individual has any of the 12 designations or certifications that the company considers significant
• Only a single referral can be made per job application. The system must be able to support multiple referrals for a candidate.
• The system must track referrals even if an application is not completed.

Requirements. Historical Information Scoring

The automated process must run weekly to assess all candidates. The process must also run automatically when historical information is updated. You must be able to perform scoring by selecting a command button
on the contact form.

• This new command button must only be visible to employees who belong to a security role assigned named Recruiter. The command button must not be visible to anyone unless the contact form is in Update mode.
• A person of interest is defined as having a score of 15 or more based on the following historical information criteria:
- Each interview with a recommendation adds two to the score.
- Each interview without a recommendation subtracts two from the score.
- Each employee or manager referral adds one to the score.
- Each designation or certification adds one to the score.
• All scoring elements must be recalculated when changes occur. You must assign the score to the Person of interest field.
• Values representing totals or scores must be stored in their own numeric fields.
• Plug-ins must be used to keep the Person of Interest field on active interview records associated with the Contact.
• Plug-ins registered on the update of the Person of interest field must send an email notification when the candidate named in the email is a person of interest. Recruiters must receive the message when the field is
updated on the Contact record.
• Interviewers must get an email notification when the Person of Interest field on the interview record is successfully updated.

Requirements. Design Guidelines -

The following design guidelines must be followed:

• Schema changes must be made using the method requiring the least amount of storage to meet the requirement.
• Out-of-the-box functionality must be used when possible.
• Any code required to calculate scores must be able to be run from a single point.
• Email notifications need to be kept to a minimum.

Issues -

• Recruiters report that the command button to score a candidate is not working. You debug the code and observe that the context input parameter is null.
• The system does not support associating designations and certifications with candidates.
• The value for the field used by the PCF control to display local time is saved to Microsoft Dataverse each time an active application record is opened.
• Interviewers report that they do not receive email notifications when interview records are created for an existing person of interest.

You need to track referrals.

What should you do?

A. Add a referral source field to the Application table.
B. Create a new Referral table with required lookup columns to the Contact, SystemUser, and Application tables.
C. Add a second lookup column to SystemUser for manager referrals to the Application table.
D. Create a new Referral table with required lookup columns to the Contact, SystemUser, and JobPosting tables.

Answer : A

Question 80 ( Question Set 2 )


DRAG DROP
-

Case study
-

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must
manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about
the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot
return to this section.

To start the case study

-
To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on
the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Background
-

Contoso Pharmaceuticals manufactures and sells drugs to retail and wholesale pharmacies, hospitals, and research facilities.

The company plans to implement Dynamics 365 Sales and Dynamics 365 Finance.

Current environment
-

• Contoso maintains a Microsoft Excel workbook that lists all drugs they supply.
• Pharmacies submit order requests through email.
• All information at customer locations is handwritten by customer representatives.
• Contoso uses Cerner, which is a medical industry application that uses a proprietary database.
• Some accounts are referrals from other pharmacies.
• Every pharmacy has its own Dynamics 365 Sales instance.

Requirements
-

General
-
You must create a model-driven app to meet Contoso’s needs. You must minimize the use of custom code and custom connectors.

Accounts
-

• Ensure that the names of the pharmacies are synced between the accounting and the customer management systems.
• Account numbers should be entered automatically into the pharmaceutical system that is in a Cerner database and kept in sync.
• When the account is entered into the system, extra fields must appear if the referral customer box is selected. If the box is not selected, the extra fields must not appear.
• A trigger must be created that changes the Priority field to 1 in the Account record 10 days after an Account record is created.
• A field named Priority_Trigger must be created to trigger the Priority field.
• A field named Facility type field must be added in order to select whether a customer is a retail pharmacy, wholesale pharmacy, research facility, or hospital.

Users
-

• UserA must be able to create and publish Power Apps apps.

• UserB must be the owner of all the systems and be able to provide permissions and create all new environments.
• UserC must be able to create apps connected to the systems and update the security roles and entities.
• Pharmacy representatives must only be able to run the apps and access their own records.
• Access to the accounting Power Apps app must be restricted to accounting team members.
• End users must have minimum access to the required systems.
• Only supervisors must be able to view phone numbers in the Accounts form.
• Developers must be able to create new apps for all users.
• Sales users must only have access to their own records.

Reporting
-

Pharmacy orders must be displayed in four graphs as follows:

• Annual revenue over $100,000

• Annual revenues under $100,000
• Research facilities
• Hospitals

The graphs must be interactive, and users must be able to drill down on any dimension.

Customizations
-

• Ensure that notifications are sent to the sales team when a lead is added by using Slack.
• Ensure that leads have a review stage added to the sales process.
• Doctors must be manually added to a custom entity named Doctor if the doctor is not listed.
• Refill dates for customer prescriptions should be automatically determined and a notification should be sent to the customer.
• Fields for the doctor’s name and phone number must be displayed in the customer record.
• The doctor entered on the customer’s record must be validated against doctors that exist in the system.
• The new solution will be sold to other pharmacies for use. The application must not allow changes to be made.
• The solution must be error free so that when it is installed in other environments it does not cause issues.

Mobile app
-

• A custom mobile app must be created to allow salespeople to add or search by pharmacy name.
• Pharmacy records must be uniquely identified by pharmacy name, address, contact name, and phone number.
• When a pharmacy is added by using the mobile app, the phone number must be validated to be all digits.

You need to assign the minimum environmental security role to the appropriate users.

Which security roles should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate security roles to the correct users. Each security role may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between
panes or scroll to view content.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 81 ( Question Set 2 )


Case study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must
manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about
the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot
return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on
the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Background -

Northwind Traders uses Microsoft Dynamics 365 Sales to manage its sales process. To better understand its customers, Northwind Traders invests in a team of researchers who gather data from multiple sources. The
company stores the data it collects in a Microsoft Azure SQL Database. The company plans to use the data to enrich account records and make the sales team more effective.

Current environment -

Environment -

• The company has three Microsoft Power Platform environments with Dynamics 365 Sales installed. The environments are named development, test, and production.
• Each environment has an application user that can be used for integrations.
• The company must use solutions to perform all customization and configuration deployment.

Data -

• Researchers are responsible for creating account records.

• Researchers have permissions on the Account table to create records, read all records, and update records they own.
• A synchronous plug-in runs when an account record is created and could reassign the record to a different user.
• Users must access data as themselves to enforce security and audit changes.
• A column named new_dataid is added to the Account table. The column uniquely identifies which data it should receive.
• Researchers have researched only the top 20 percent of account records.

Web API -

• The company creates an Azure Function to run a RESTful .NET Web API.
• Data can be retrieved by placing a GET request to the URL https://dataservice-[ENVIRONMENTNAME].azurewebsites.net/enrich/[DATAID].
• [ENVIRONMENTNAME] is the name of the Microsoft Power Platform environment that requests the data.
• [DATAID] is the new_dataid column in the Account table.
• The Web API response will return a 200 response plus data if the DataId is found. Otherwise, a 404 response is returned.
• Developers plan to create a custom connector from the Web API to make it accessible from Microsoft Power Platform.

Requirements -

Custom connector -

• The Web API definition used to create the custom connector must be generated based on a low-code technology.
• The URL used by the custom connector must incorporate the current environment name without hardcoding values.
• Errors generated by the custom connector must not cause downstream processes to fail.
• Text descriptions and field placeholder text that describe the use of the custom connector must appear for non-developers.

Process -

• All account records must be updated with data from the Web API once automatically.
• Only account records that contain a DataId should be updated by the Web API.
• Researchers must create Power Automate flows to specify data analysis priority.
• The researchers require a process that repurposes a set of identical steps of parameterized Microsoft Dataverse queries from a Power Automate flow for use in other flows that have different parameters. The
researchers want to avoid recreating the steps manually each time they create a flow to save time and avoid errors.

Issues -

• A tester attempts to connect to the production instance of the Web API with a DataId that should return data. The tester receives an error stating that the remote name could not be resolved.
• A missing component causes an error to occur when importing the solution that contains the Power Automate flow to update account records in a test environment.

You need to determine which component to add to the solution to resolve the account records import error.

Which component should you add?

A. connection
B. service endpoint
C. custom connector
D. Account table

Answer : D

Question 82 ( Question Set 2 )


A company uses Microsoft Dataverse rollup fields to calculate insurance exposure and risk profiles for customers.

Users report that the system does not update values for the rollup fields when new insurance policies are written.

You need to recalculate the value of the rollup fields immediately after a policy is created.

What should you do?

A. Create new fields on the customer entity for insurance exposure and risk. Write a workflow process that is triggered when a new policy record is created to calculate the sum of values from policy records.
B. Update the Mass Calculate Rollup Field job to trigger when a new policy record is created.
C. Create new calculated fields on the customer entity for insurance exposure and risk. Create a formula to calculate the sum of values from policy records.
D. Create a plug-in that uses the CalculateRollupFieldRequest method for the rollup field. Configure a step on the Create event for the policy entity for this plug-in.

Answer : D

Question 83 ( Question Set 2 )


HOTSPOT
-

You develop the following code for a console application that performs the data import to Microsoft Dataverse.

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 84 ( Question Set 2 )


A company designs a solution that contains a new real-time workflow. The workflow populates a lookup column that has a default value.

A managed solution is imported to the test environment.

An error occurs when a test engineer attempts to create a record. The error message states, "Record is not available."

You need to resolve the error.

What should you do?

A. Add missing lookup table records to the solution.

B. Go to the test environment and manually create missing lookup table records.
C. Use the Configuration Migration Tool to extract the lookup table data from the development environment and import it to the test environment.

Answer : C

Question 85 ( Question Set 2 )


Which permissions does a managed identity have on Microsoft Dataverse data?

A. permissions assigned to the corresponding application user

B. permissions assigned to the user triggering the Azure resource
C. permissions equivalent to the environment admin role
D. permissions equivalent to the system administrator role

Answer : A

Question 86 ( Question Set 2 )


HOTSPOT
-

You manage two Microsoft Power Platform managed solutions.

You must update the solutions and import them into an environment that has no customizations.

Solution A
-
• Changes the length of the name column to 75
• Adds the categoryid column at the top of the Account Information section of the Account form

Solution B
-
• Changes the length of the name column to 100
• Adds the territoryid column at the top of the Account Information section of the Account form

Solution A must be imported before Solution B.

You need to determine what state the components are in after importing the solutions.

Which effect does each component exhibit? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 87 ( Question Set 2 ) 

DRAG DROP
-

You manage two Microsoft Power Platform solutions.

• Solution A contains a custom text column named custom_text.

• Solution B contains a view that references the custom_text column.

Both solutions in the managed state are installed in the destination environment.

You need to delete the custom_text column and apply changes in the destination environment.

In which order should you perform the actions? To answer, move all actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct orders.

NOTE: More than one order of answer choices is correct. You will receive credit for any of the correct orders you select.
Answer :

Question 88 ( Question Set 2 )


DRAG DROP
-

A company manages a Microsoft Power Platform solution that includes an account table.

You enable an Auditing flag in the table and import a managed version of the solution to the production environment.

After the import, you observe that the Auditing flag is disabled in the production environment.

You check solution layering of the Account table. You observe that the First Party solution customization lays on top of the solution.

You need to enable the Auditing setting.

In which order should you perform the actions? To answer, move all actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

Answer :

Question 89 ( Question Set 2 ) 

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than
once correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

A company develops a new custom connector for a Microsoft Entra ID-protected Azure Function that was created as a single tenant app.

The custom connector must be moved to a production environment. The connector must be visible and accessible only to users in the tenant.

You need to deploy the custom connector.

Solution: Add the custom connector to a managed solution, export the managed solution, and then import the managed solution into the production environment.

Does the solution meet the goal?

A. Yes
B. No

Answer : B

Question 90 ( Question Set 2 )


Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than
once correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

A company develops a new custom connector for a Microsoft Entra ID-protected Azure Function that was created as a single tenant app.

The custom connector must be moved to a production environment. The connector must be visible and accessible only to users in the tenant.

You need to deploy the custom connector.

Solution: Publish the custom connector to AppSource.

Does the solution meet the goal?

A. Yes
B. No

Answer : B

Question 91 ( Question Set 2 ) 

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than
once correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

A company develops a new custom connector for a Microsoft Entra ID-protected Azure Function that was created as a single tenant app.

The custom connector must be moved to a production environment. The connector must be visible and accessible only to users in the tenant.

You need to deploy the custom connector.

Solution: Use the maker portal to export the custom connector. Then use the maker portal to import the connector into the production environment.

Does the solution meet the goal?

A. Yes
B. No

Answer : A

Question 92 ( Question Set 2 )


Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than
once correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

A company develops a new custom connector for a Microsoft Entra ID-protected Azure Function that was created as a single tenant app.

The custom connector must be moved to a production environment. The connector must be visible and accessible only to users in the tenant.

You need to deploy the custom connector.

Solution: Use Postman to export the custom connector. Then use Postman to import the connector into the production environment.

Does the solution meet the goal?

A. Yes
B. No

Answer : B

Question 93 ( Question Set 3 )


A create a model-driven app. You run Solution checker. The tool displays the following error:
Solution checker fails to export solutions with model-driven app components.
You need to resolve the issue.
What should you do?

A. Manually export the solution before running Solution checker

B. Assign the Environment Maker security role to the Power Apps Checker application user
C. Assign the System Administrator security role to your user ID
D. Disable the Power Apps Checker application user
E. Assign the Environment Maker security role to your user ID

Answer : B

To resolve this issue, grant the Environment Maker security role to the Power Apps Checker application user.
Note: Solution checker fails to export solutions with model-driven app components
If a solution contains a model-driven app, Solution Checker might fail to export the solution for analysis. This error is caused by role-based security for sharing of apps. If the Power Apps Checker application user does
not have appropriate access to model-driven apps, any solutions containing them will fail to export with solution checker.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/data-platform/common-issues-resolutions-solution-checker#solution-checker-fails-to-export-solutions-with- model-driven-app-components

Question 94 ( Question Set 3 )


HOTSPOT -
A company uses SharePoint for its intranet and other functions. The company has also implemented model-driven apps.
SharePoint users must be able to create contact records in Microsoft Dataverse without having to navigate to the model-driven apps.
You need to create a link in SharePoint to open the Dataverse contact form displaying data from SharePoint.
How should you complete the URL? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: main.aspx -
Example, to open the Active Contacts view.
https://myorg.crm.dynamics.com/main.aspx?etn=contact&pagetype=entitylist&viewid={00000000-0000-0000-00AA-000010001004}

Box 2: etn -
Etn: The logical name of the entity. Important: Do not use the etc (entity type code) parameter that contains an integer code for the entity. This integer code varies for custom entities in different organizations.

Box 3: Extraqs -
Extraqs: Optional for forms. This parameter contains encoded parameters within this parameter.
When you open a new form by using the URL address, you can include arguments in the extraqs parameter to set field values
Note: You must encode the parameters passed in the extraqs parameter. To encode the parameters, use encodeURIComponent. To use special characters like
"=" or "&" in the parameter values, you must double encode (e.g. to set name to A=B&C, it would be extraqs=name%3DA%253DB%2526C).

Box 4: entityrecord -
Example: Set the value for choice columns
To set the value for a Choice column, set the integer value for the option. The following sample sets the Role column value to ‫ג‬€Decision Maker‫ג‬€ in a new contact record.
The unencoded value for the extraqs parameter is ‫ג‬€accountrolecode=1‫ג‬€.
/main.aspx?etn=contact&extraqs=accountrolecode%3D1&pagetype=entityrecord
Note: Pagetype: The type of page. There are two possible values:
- entityrecord
Displays an entity record form.
- entitylist
Displays an entity view.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/model-driven-apps/open-forms-views-dialogs-reports-url https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/model-driven-apps/set-field-values-
using-parameters-passed-form

Question 95 ( Question Set 3 )


A company uses a model-driven app to record details of laboratory test.
You are asked to create a custom component that makes it easier to capture multiple values from lab test results on mobile devices.
You need to create the interface for the dataset in case the mobile devices lose connection to the network.
Which method should you use?
A. SaveData
B. updateView
C. init
D. getClient

Answer : A

Use LoadData and SaveData for basic data storage while offline.
Note:
When building mobile apps, one of the most common scenarios app makers face is how to enable their users be productive in situations where there is limited or no connectivity at all. This has been one of the most
requested features for PowerApps to allow running apps while being disconnected and to provide some support for offline data caching. In this release of PowerApps, we are delivering the first set of improvements for
app makers to achieve that by enabling:
1. Launching the PowerApps mobile player app offline
2. Running apps while being offline
3. Determine when your app is online or offline or in a metered connection by using the Connection signal object.
4. Leverage existing formulas such as LoadData and SaveData for basic data storage while offline.
Reference:
https://powerapps.microsoft.com/sv-se/blog/build-offline-apps-with-new-powerapps-capabilities/

Question 96 ( Question Set 3 )


DRAG DROP -
Technicians for a company use a model-driven app on their phones to record information about service visits. Users do not have permissions to the Power Apps maker portal to create or update apps.
Technicians report issues with the model-driven app. You are unable to reproduce the issues in a development environment.
You need to provide instructions to the technicians to gather more details about the errors.
Which four actions should you recommend be performed in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Step 1: Open the app in a browser on the phone.

Step 2: Add the following text to end of the URL for the app: "&monitor=true"
You can start a Monitor session from a model-driven app. To do this, append &monitor=true to the end of the URL in the browser. This displays the Monitor command on the model-driven app global command bar.
Select Monitor to open a monitoring session in a new tab.
Step 3: Perform the steps to generate the errors and download the results from Monitor.
Step 4: Open the application in a browser on a laptop computer when they return to the office
Reference:
https://powerapps.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/monitor-now-supports-model-driven-apps/

Question 97 ( Question Set 3 ) 

You deploy a Power Platform plug-in to a production environment. The plug-in code contains detailed tracing information. You are a member of the Environment
Maker security role for the environment.
Users report unexpected results when they interact with confidential data by using the plug-in. You confirm that the plug-in works without errors in a development environment.
You need to investigate the root cause of the plug-in errors.
What should you do?

A. Send a PUT request to enable plug-in tracing for the production environment.
B. Send a GET request to retrieve the plugintracelogs records.
C. Install Plug-in profiler in the production environment by using the Plug-in Registration tool.
D. Reproduce and capture the errors, then debug from Visual Studio.

Answer : C

Plug-in profiler is a solution that you can install on your environment that enables you to capture the execution context of a plug-in and then use that data to re- play the event within Visual Studio while debugging.
There are two tools available from which to run the Plug-in Profiler: the Plug-in Registration Tool and Power Platform Tools for Visual Studio.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/tutorial-debug-plug-in

Question 98 ( Question Set 3 ) 

DRAG DROP -
You are creating a model-driven app.
Users need to see only the entities in the app navigation that are relevant to their role and their method of accessing the app.
You need to restrict entities on the sub-areas in the SiteMap.
Which properties should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate properties to the correct requirements. Each property may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between
panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:

Answer :
Box 1: Privileges -
Privileges: This defines whether a subarea is displayed based on privileges available in any security roles that are assigned to the user.

Box 2: Client -
Client: Select the type of client that displays this subarea.
Incorrect Answers:
Offline Availability: Select this check box to make this subarea available to users when they are offline in Dynamics 365 for Outlook.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/model-driven-apps/create-site-map-app

Question 99 ( Question Set 3 )


You fix a bug in the code of your application, which is currently on version 10.0.2.1.
You need to publish an updated version of the solution.
Which version identifier should you use?

A. 10.0.3.1
B. 10.0.2.2
C. 10.1.0.2
D. 11.0.0

Answer : B

The version number are <major>.<minor>.<build>.<revision>.

This is just a bug fix so we only update the revision number.
Note: When we create patches in Dynamics 365, the system will automatically increment the build version (you can overwrite the chosen number when you create the patch). For example, if our solution starts at
1.0.0.0, we export it to become 1.0.0.1. We then create a patch, and the version of the patch is 1.0.1.1. If we export it now, it might become 1.0.1.2. In all cases, the build or version number has been incremented.
Patches require the build or version number to increment, but not the major or minor version.
Incorrect:
Not C: This is not a minor update.
Not D: This is not a major update.
Reference:
https://carldesouza.com/how-solution-version-numbers-work-in-the-microsoft-power-platform/ https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/maker/data-platform/update-solutions

Question 100 ( Question Set 3 )


HOTSPOT -
Fabrikam, Inc, has two divisions as shown in the Business Unit exhibit. (Click the Business Unit tab.)

✑ Fabrikam Residences rents units short term to clients.

✑ Fabrikam Property Management deals with the maintenance of the units and manages the contractors who perform the maintenance.
✑ Clients and contractors are both stored in the Contact entity.
The manager of the Property Management business unit is a member of the Fabrikam Residences business unit, which has the root security role as shown in the
Security Role exhibit. (Click the Security Role tab.)
The manager cannot see the contact record shown in the Contact exhibit. (Click the Contact tab.)

You need to ensure that the manager can view contact records owned by someone in the Residences business unit.
For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement achieves the goal. Otherwise, select No.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: Yes -
Change it to Direct User/Basic access level and Team privileges. This creates a security role with team member's privilege inheritance.
Note: For roles assigned to teams with Basic-level access user privilege, the role's inheritance configuration also comes into play. If the team has the Member's privilege inheritance set to Team privileges only, then the
user will only be able make use of that privilege for records owned by the team.ֲ¨

Box 2: No -
The manager of the Property Management business unit is already a member of a Fabrikam business unit, which has the root security role

Box 3: Yes -
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/security-roles-privileges

Question 101 ( Question Set 3 )


HOTSPOT -
A company has a development environment and a production environment. The production environment has several third-party managed and unmanaged solutions that made changes to the Contact main form.
You create a new solution in the development environment. You add the Contact entity and the Contact main form to the solution. You create a custom field on the
Contact entity.
What happens when you perform these actions in the new solution and import the solution as managed into the production environment?
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: The field is appended to the end of the existing section.

When you add new elements to a form that is to be merged, we recommend that you include your new elements within new container elements (tabs or sections).
Additions to any container will be appended to the end of the container. For example, fields added to a section will be positioned at the end of the section.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/previous-versions/dynamicscrm-2016/developers-guide/gg309329(v=crm.8)

Question 102 ( Question Set 3 ) 

An organization uses Dynamics 365 Sales. The organization has accounting and customer service departments.
You must restrict users in customer service from being able to change the value of the balance field on the Contact records. The accounting team must be the only team able to edit this field.
You need to create the appropriate solution without any customizations.
What should you do first?

A. Enable field security for the balance field and grant the customer service team read and update permissions.
B. Create a customer service form and role and make the balance field read-only.
C. Enable field security for the balance field and grant the accounting team read and update permissions.
D. Create an accounting form and role and make the balance field read-only.

Answer : C

In Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises), you use field-level security to restrict access to high business impact fields to specific users and teams.
For example, you use this to enable only certain users to read or update the credit score for a customer.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/customerengagement/on-premises/developer/security-dev/use-field-security-control-access-field-values

Question 103 ( Question Set 3 ) 

HOTSPOT -
You are developing a model-driven app for the purchasing department of an organization. You provision a new test environment and a security role. You select users to test the apps and assign the users to a security
group named TestSG.
If the tests succeed, a manager will perform additional testing in the production environment and then publish the app for the organization's purchasing department.
You need to ensure that the test and production environments are configured correctly.
What should you do? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: Set the test environment security group to TestSG and assign test users the app security role.
PowerApps apps use role-based security for sharing. The fundamental concept in role-based security is that a security role contains privileges that define a set of actions that can be performed within the app. All app
users must be assigned to one or more predefined or custom roles.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/model-driven-apps/share-model-driven-app
 Question 104 ( Question Set 3 )

A travel company plans to track the address of places their clients visit in an entity named Destination. Client information is captured as contact records. Client records include links to the places that clients visit.
The company must be able to link multiple rating records to the new address record.
You find a custom Rating entity that is incomplete.
You need to expand the Rating entity to include contact, address, and rating information in one place.
Which three actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Create a 1:N relationship between the Contact system entity and the Address system entity named Destination.
B. Create a mapping for the Contact ‫ג‬€" Rating relationship.
C. Create a 1:N relationship between the Address system entity and the Rating entity.
D. Create a 1:N relationship between the Contact system entity and the Rating entity.
E. Create a mapping for the Destination ‫ג‬€" Rating relationship.
F. Create a 1:N relationship between the Destination entity and the Rating entity.

Answer : ABC

A: Each Contact can visit a destination many times.

Note: A travel company plans to track the address of places their clients visit in an entity named Destination. Client information is captured as contact records.
Client records include links to the places that clients visit.
C (not D): The company must be able to link multiple rating records to the new address record.
Each address entity can be linked to many rating records.
B (not E): You need to expand the Rating entity to include contact, address, and rating information in one place.
Need a mapping between for the Contact and Rating entities (through the Address/Destination entity).
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/common-data-service/map-entity-fields

Question 105 ( Question Set 3 )


HOTSPOT -
A company uses Dynamics 365 Sales and the Microsoft Online Services portal.
The multi-select OptionSet field data type is not supported in the portal.
You need to copy the selected field value to the text field.
How should you configure the Organization service request? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Answer :

Box 1: Yes -
If you are creating an attribute editor you will need to retrieve entity data that has been saved but not published. For other scenarios you will want to only retrieve published metadata.
✑ Set this value to true to include unpublished changes, as it would look if you called publish.
✑ Set this value to false to include only the currently published changes, ignoring the changes that haven't yet been published.

Box 2: AttributeMetadata -
AttributeMetadata class is returned in the RetrieveAttributeResponse.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/api/microsoft.xrm.sdk.messages.retrieveattributerequest.retrieveasifpublished?view=dynamics-general-ce-9 https://docs.microsoft.com/en-
us/dotnet/api/microsoft.xrm.sdk.metadata.attributemetadata?view=dynamics-general-ce-9

Question 106 ( Question Set 3 )


A bank uses a Common Data Service solution to manage clients.
Bank representatives perform client credit checks while the client is present. Credit checks may take up to five minutes to complete.
Bank policy dictates that the bank representative's app must stay blocked until credit checks are complete.
You need to display a model-driven app while credit checks run to ask the bank representative and client to wait for the credit check to complete.
Which function should you use?

A. Xrm.Navigation.openWebResource("prefix.myPoliteMessage.html")
B. Xrm.Navigation.openAlertDialog(myPoliteMessage)
C. Xrm.Utility.openWebResource("prefix_myPoliteMessage.html")
D. Xrm.Utility.showProgressIndicator(myPoliteMessage)

Answer : D

showProgressIndicator displays a progress dialog with the specified message.

Any subsequent call to this method will update the displayed message in the existing progress dialog with the message specified in the latest method call.
The progress dialog blocks the UI until it is closed using the closeProgressIndicator method. So, you must use this method with caution.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/model-driven-apps/clientapi/reference/xrm-utility/showprogressindicator

Question 107 ( Question Set 3 ) 

DRAG DROP -
You are creating a model-driven app.
Users need to see only the entities in the app navigation that are relevant to their role and their method of accessing the app.
You need to restrict entities on the sub-areas in the SiteMap.
Which properties should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate properties to the correct requirements. Each property may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between
panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:
Answer :

Box 1: Privileges -
Privileges: This defines whether a subarea is displayed based on privileges available in any security roles that are assigned to the user.

Box 2: SKU -
SKUs: Select the versions of Dynamics 365 that display this subarea.

Box 3: Client -
Client: Select the type of client that displays this subarea.
Incorrect Answers:
Offline Availability: Select this check box to make this subarea available to users when they are offline in Dynamics 365 for Outlook.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/model-driven-apps/create-site-map-app

Question 108 ( Question Set 3 ) 

HOTSPOT -
You are troubleshooting Power Apps solutions.
You need to determine the cause for the identified issues.
What is the root cause for each issue? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: A canvas app in the first solution has errors.

Failures that occur during background processing of the analysis will fail with 'Couldn't be completed' status and return an error message in the Power Apps portal as well as send email notification to the requestor.

Selecting the portal notification will link to this page of common issues for further troubleshooting. If one of the provided common issues does not resolve the
problem, a reference number is also returned. Provide this reference number to Microsoft Support for further investigation.
Box 2: The code uses the following rule: web-use-strict-mode
web-use-strict-mode is able to throw a SyntaxError before the script is executing.
Example:
The reason is JavaScript lets you compare different variable types but this can have unexpected results, so by using the strict === it compares the same type
and won‫ג‬€™t have unexpected results this gets a warning entity.field == "Line1"
Incorrect Answers:
web-avoid-eval: The eval() function evaluates JavaScript code represented as a string. web-avoid-modals: Avoid using modal dialogs. web-remove-debug-script:
Avoid including debug script in non-development environments.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/common-data-service/common-issues-resolutions-solution-checker

Question 109 ( Question Set 3 )


You create a Power Apps app that integrates with Dynamics 365 Customer Service.
You update the app and run solution checker on the original solution. You receive an error stating solution checker cannot export the solution.
You need to determine the primary cause for the issue.
What is the primary cause?

A. The original solution is locked because there is a dependent patch.

B. The solution was not exported before running solution checker.
C. The environment is in Administrator mode.
D. Solution checker cannot check default solutions.

Answer : A

Solution checker fails to export patched solutions.

If a solution has had a patch applied, Solution Checker will fail to export the solution for analysis. When a solution has had a patch applied, the original solution becomes locked and it can't be changed or exported as
long as there are dependent patches that exist in the organization that identify the solution as the parent solution.
To resolve this issue, clone the solution so that all patches related to the solution are rolled into the newly created solution. This unlocks the solution and allows the solution to be exported from the system.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/common-data-service/common-issues-resolutions-solution-checker#solution-checker-fails-to-export-solutions- with-model-driven-app-components

Question 110 ( Question Set 3 ) 

HOTSPOT -
You are creating a model-driven app to track the time that employees spend on individual projects.
You need to configure the app according to the company's requirements.
Which components should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: View -
Search for rows and create personal views with modern advanced find
When your administrator enables the modern advanced find experience, it lets you search for rows and create personal views in your app.

Box 2: Quick View -

Quick View - Used in model-driven apps, Dynamics 365 for tablets, and Dynamics 365 for Outlook.
For updated tables, these forms appear within the main form to display additional data for a row that is referenced by a lookup column in the form.
Users can view data from related tables without having to leave the form.
Incorrect Answers:
* Quick Create - Used in model-driven apps, Dynamics 365 for tablets, and Dynamics 365 for Outlook.
For updated tables, these forms provide a basic form optimized for creating new records.
* Card - Used in views for model-driven apps. Card forms are designed to present information in a compact format that is suitable for mobile devices.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/user/advanced-find https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/maker/model-driven-apps/types-forms https://docs.microsoft.com/en-
us/powerapps/developer/model-driven-apps/customize-entity-views

Question 111 ( Question Set 3 ) 

HOTSPOT -
You are developing a Power Platform solution. You plan to add three buttons to a form. The buttons have the following requirements:

You need to complete each button's action.

Which commands should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: Now() only.

The Now function returns the current date and time as a date/time value.
Box 2: Switch() or IF()
If and Switch functions in Power Apps determines whether any condition in a set is true (If) or the result of a formula matches any value in a set (Switch) and then returns a result or executes an action.
Box 3: isMatch( TextInput1.Text,"emergency",Contains & IgnoreCase )
Example: IsMatch( TextInput1.Text, "hello", Contains & IgnoreCase )
Tests whether the user's input contains the word "hello" (case insensitive).
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/functions/function-if
 Question 112 ( Question Set 3 )

HOTSPOT -
A company imports data from files.
The following code is created to import the files. (Line numbers are included for reference only.)

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Answer :

Box 1: No -
The For Each loop is exited if there is an error. Need ContinueOnError in the right place.

Box 2: No -
The ContinueOnError statement should be placed in the For Each loop before line 13.

Box 3: Yes -

Box 4: No -
This code is just for displaying the result on the screen.

Question 113 ( Question Set 3 )


You have the following code:

You have a contact record that uses the GUID 991bf2fd-d40c-4752-9984-26b7c0455b69.

You need to assign the contact record as the primary contact for an account when you create the account.
Which two code segments can you use? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. var data = { "name": "Contoso account", "primarycontactid": { "logicalname": "contact", "id": "991bf2fd-d40c-4752-9984-26b7c0455b69" } };
B. var data = { "name": "Contoso account", "[email protected]": "/contacts(991bf2fd-d40c-4752-9984-26b7c0455b69)" };
C. var data = { "name": "Contoso account", "[email protected]": "/contacts(991bf2fd-d40c-4752-9984-26b7c0455b69)" };
D. var data = { "name": "Contoso account", "primarycontactid": "/contacts(991bf2fd-d40c-4752-9984-26b7c0455b69)" };

Answer : AB

B: To associate new table records to existing table records, set the value of single-valued navigation properties using the @odata.bind annotation
Example:
var data =
{
"name": "Sample Account",
"[email protected]": "/contacts(465b158c-541c-e511-80d3-3863bb347ba8)"
}
A: For mobile clients in the offline mode, you cannot use the @odata.bind annotation, and instead have to pass a lookup object (logicalname and id) pointing to the target record. var data =
{
"name": "Sample Account",
"primarycontactid":
{
"logicalname": "contact",
"id": "465b158c-541c-e511-80d3-3863bb347ba8"
}
}
Note Syntax:
Xrm.WebApi.createRecord(entityLogicalName, data).then(successCallback, errorCallback); entityLogicalName: Logical name of the table you want to create. For example: "account".
Data: A JSON object defining the columns and values for the new table record.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/model-driven-apps/clientapi/reference/xrm-webapi/createrecord

Question 114 ( Question Set 3 )


DRAG DROP -
A company has a model-driven app.
A form that validates the date entered requires a custom button. The button must be available only under certain conditions.
You need to define the CommandDefinition in the RibbonDiffXML to meet the conditions for the button.
Which elements should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate elements to the correct conditions. Each element may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or
scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Box 1: Display Rule -

When configuring ribbon elements, you can define specific rules to control when the ribbon elements will display.

Box 2: Action -
Define the actions to be performed by a command bar or ribbon control in a <CommandDefinition> element together with rules that control whether the control is enabled or visible in the ribbon.

Box 3: Enable Rule -

When configuring ribbon elements, you can define specific rules to control when the ribbon elements are enabled.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/model-driven-apps/define-ribbon-enable-rules https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/model-driven-apps/define-ribbon-display-rules
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/model-driven-apps/define-ribbon-actions

Question 115 ( Question Set 3 )


An organization uses Dynamics 365 Sales.
You plan to use a JavaScript web resources file in the Accounts form. The file has a dependency on two image web resource files and on the custom field new_placeofbirth in the Account entity.
You need to add the dependencies for the JavaScript file.
Which three actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Open the web resource file, add the two image web resources to the dependency‫ג‬€™s lists, and then add the custom field new_placeofbirth to the dependency‫ג‬€™s list.
B. From Settings, select Customizations and then select Customize the System.
C. In the Account form, select Form Properties, select Non-Event Dependencies, and then add the custom field new_placeofbirth.
D. Select Account, select Forms, and then select the Account form.
E. From Web Resources, select the JavaScript file for the Account form and then select the JavaScript file.
F. In the Account form, select Form Properties and add the primary JavaScript file and the other two images web resources in Form Libraries.

Answer : BCD

Step 1 (B): From Settings, select Customizations and then select Customize the System.
Step 2 (D): Select Account, select Forms, and then select the Account form.
Step 3 (C): In the Account form, select Form Properties, select Non-Event Dependencies, and then add the custom field new_placeofbirth.
In our Dynamics 365 forms, there are measures we can take to ensure fields that are being used by JavaScript are not removed from forms. To prevent this from happening, we can go to Form Properties and select the
Non-Event Dependencies, and add the website field:

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/customerengagement/on-premises/developer/web-resource-dependencies
 Question 116 ( Question Set 3 ) 
HOTSPOT -
You open a canvas app in edit mode. A warning message displays as shown in the graphic.

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that answers each question based on the information presented in the graphic.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Answer :

Box 1: Navigate to Connections and add a new connection

Error message: This app is using a connector for the Common Data Service will not be supported past Oct 1, 2020.
To convert your app that uses the Common Data Service 365 connector, you'll need to remove and add the connections to your data sources.

Box 2: Gallery1 -
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/use-native-cds-connector

Question 117 ( Question Set 3 )


A company implements Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management.
The company wants a button to display in the command bar when viewing accounts.
You need to add the button using the Ribbon Workbench.
In which three areas can you add a button for the Account entity? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. In the home area for Accounts.

B. In the main body of a form.
C. On the main application window.
D. On the associated view of the account.
E. On the Account form.

Answer : ADE

The Ribbon Workbench requires a solution to load that contains the entities that you wish to work on.
Reference:
https://community.dynamics.com/crm/f/microsoft-dynamics-crm-forum/371643/add-a-button-on-account-list-view-in-dynamics-crm

Question 118 ( Question Set 3 )


An organization uses Dynamics 365 Sales. You plan to add a custom button to the app ribbon.
You need to ensure that the button displays only when conditions specified by business rules are met.
Which two code segments can you use? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. gridContext.refresh();
B. formContext.ui.refreshRibbon(refreshAll);
C. formContext.data.refresh(save).then(successCallback, errorCallback);
D. formContext.ui.refreshRibbon();
E. formContext.getControl(arg).refresh();

Answer : BD

B: formContext.ui.refreshRibbon(refreshAll);
Causes the ribbon to re-evaluate data that controls what is displayed in it.
Indicates whether all the ribbon command bars on the current page are refreshed. If you specify false, only the page-level ribbon command bar is refreshed. If you do not specify this parameter, by default false is
passed.
Remarks: This function is typicaly used when a ribbon (RibbonDiffXml) depends on a value in the form. After your code changes a value that is used by a rule, use this method to force the ribbon to re-evaluate the
data in the form so that the rule can be applied.
D: If role is there - just refresh the ribbon to see the button if (isButtonEnabled) { formContext.ui.refreshRibbon();
}
},
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/model-driven-apps/clientapi/reference/formcontext-ui/refreshribbon https://community.dynamics.com/crm/f/microsoft-dynamics-crm-
forum/302049/show-hide-button-bases-on-different-criteria/871674
 Question 119 ( Question Set 3 )

HOTSPOT -
A fine arts school uses a custom canvas application based on the Microsoft Dataverse.
Artists experience errors on their Artist canvas app and delays when switching pages.
You need to identify the root causes of these issues.
Which troubleshooting methods should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: Site Map validation -

When you validate the app, the app designer canvas shows you details about the assets that are missing.
In the app designer, select Validate.
A notification bar appears and shows you whether the app has any errors or warnings. The notification bar shows warnings in cases where, for example, an entity has no forms or views, or the app doesn‫ג‬€™t contain
any components. An error might appear if a site map isn't configured for the app.

Incorrect Answers:
With Solution checker, you can inspect your code against a set of best practice development rules specific to customizing and extending the CDS for Apps
platform. Get access to rich detailed reports listing issues identified, severity, locations, and sometimes the line code, with linkage to detailed prescriptive
guidance on how to fix the problem.
PowerApp Checker checks your solution for any usage of code that was deprecated or any performance or security issues in the code. It checks the plugin code
as well as web resources.
Box 2: Service Performance in Power Apps Analytic
Regarding Microsoft Power Apps Canvas Driven Apps: for reviewing performance bottlenecks and API calls, admins can leverage the Service Performance report
for connection health. Admins can gain insights into the least and best performing services, the mean response time and success rate for connectors and the
50th,
75th and 95th percentile markers for response time. Each of these can be filtered down by service or connector, device, player version and regionally.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/customerengagement/on-premises/customize/validate-app
https://community.dynamics.com/crm/b/crminthefield/posts/monitoring-the-power-platform-canvas-driven-apps---power-apps-analytics

Question 120 ( Question Set 3 )


You are developing a new Power Platform app.
The checker fails with an error due to missing security roles.
You need to add security roles to the Power Apps Checker application user.
Which two security roles should you add? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Global Discover Service Role

B. Export Customizations
C. Environment Maker
D. Solution Checker
E. Resource Manager

Answer : BD

Before you are able to run it, make sure you have the proper Security Roles in your common data service environment. Two of the required permissions are
Export Customizations and Solution Checker.

Reference:
https://learntoinspire.ca/2020/01/18/leveraging-the-power-of-solution-checker/

Question 121 ( Question Set 3 )


You are creating a Power Apps app.
The app must retrieve data from an API that requires two-factor authentication.
You need to configure authentication.
Which type of authentication should you implement?

A. Server-to-server
B. API key-based
C. Basic
D. OAuth

Answer : D

OAuth 2.0 is the industry-standard protocol for authorization. After application users provide credentials to authenticate, OAuth determines whether they are authorized to access the resources.
OAuth enables two-factor authentication (2FA) or certificate-based authentication for server-to-server application scenarios.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/developer/data-platform/authenticate-oauth

Question 122 ( Question Set 3 )


You are creating a canvas app that realtors use to identify neighbors for properties that are for sale.
The OnStart property includes the following code:
ClearCollect(collectNeighborList, Filter(NeighborList, Status = `Active")); ClearCollect
(collectRealtorList,CompanyList);ClearCollect(collectRegions, RegionList)
The app is running slower than expected.
You need to resolve the issue.
What should you do?

A. Replace all instances of the ClearCollect method with the connect method.
B. Replace the existing code segment with the following code segment Concurrent (ClearCollect(collectNeighborList, Filter(NeighborList, Status = ‫ג‬€Active‫ג‬€)),
ClearCollect(collectRealtorList,CompanyList),ClearCollect(collectRegions, RegionList))
C. Replace the existing code segment with the following code segment: ClearCollect(collectNeighborList, Filter(NeighborList, Status = ‫ג‬€Active‫ג‬€)); Concurrent(ClearCollect(collectRealtorList,CompanyList));
Concurrent(ClearCollect(collectRegions, RegionList))

Answer : B

Optimize the OnStart property -

Use the ClearCollect function to cache data locally if it doesn't change during the user session. Also, use the Concurrent function to load data sources simultaneously; this can cut the amount of time an app needs to
load data in half.
Example: Without the Concurrent function, the following formula loads each of four tables one at a time:
ClearCollect( Product, '[SalesLT].[Product]' );
ClearCollect( Customer, '[SalesLT].[Customer]' );
ClearCollect( SalesOrderDetail, '[SalesLT].[SalesOrderDetail]' );
ClearCollect( SalesOrderHeader, '[SalesLT].[SalesOrderHeader]' )
You can enclose the same formula in the Concurrent function to reduce the overall time that the operation needs:
Concurrent(
ClearCollect( Product, '[SalesLT].[Product]' ),
ClearCollect( Customer, '[SalesLT].[Customer]' ),
ClearCollect( SalesOrderDetail, '[SalesLT].[SalesOrderDetail]' ),
ClearCollect( SalesOrderHeader, '[SalesLT].[SalesOrderHeader]' ))
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/maker/canvas-apps/performance-tips#optimize-the-onstart-property

Question 123 ( Question Set 3 )


DRAG DROP -
You are creating an app that connects to Microsoft Dataverse on a nightly basis. You plan to integrate the app with an external system.
The application must not authenticate by using a Microsoft Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) user account.
You need to enable the application to authenticate to Dataverse.
Which four actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Step 1: Register the application in Azure AD with appropriate permissions.

App registration in Azure Active Directory is typically done by ISVs who want to develop external client applications to read and write data in Dataverse.
Registering an app in Azure Active Directory provides you with Application ID and Redirect URI values that ISVs can use in their client application's authentication code.
Step 2: Use the Azure AD application id and secret as credentials in the application.

Add credentials -
Credentials are used by confidential client applications that access a web API. Examples of confidential clients are web apps, other web APIs, or service-type and daemon-type applications. Credentials allow your
application to authenticate as itself, requiring no interaction from a user at runtime.
You can add both certificates and client secrets (a string) as credentials to your confidential client app registration.
Step 3: Create the application user in Dataverse using the Application User form.
App registration can also be done by an application developer or individual user who is building a client application to connect to and read/write data in Dataverse.
Use the Application ID and Redirect URI values from your registered app in your client application's authentication code to be able to connect to Dataverse environment from your client application, and perform the
required operations. Note that if the app is registered in the same tenant as your Dataverse environment, you won't be presented with a consent form when connecting from your client application to your Dataverse
environment.
Note: When end users use the ISV's application for the first time to connect to their Dataverse environment by providing their Dataverse credentials, a consent form is presented to the end user. After consenting to use
their Dataverse account with the ISV's application, end users can connect to Dataverse environment from external application. The consent form is not displayed again to other users after the first user who has already
consented to use the ISV's app. Apps registered in Azure Active Directory are multi-tenant, which implies that other Dataverse users from other tenant can connect to their environment using the ISV's app.
Step 4: Assign a security role to the application user in Dataverse
Grant access to users that already have a Dynamics 365 license
Any user who already has a license for any model-driven app in Dynamics 365 also will be able to access Dynamics 365 Marketing without requiring any additional licenses. All you need to do is assign them the
security roles and privileges required to access the Marketing features they need.
Incorrect:
* Grant the Dataverse application user the Access Dynamics 365 as organization users permission in Azure AD.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/developer/data-platform/walkthrough-register-app-azure-active-directory https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/develop/quickstart-register-app
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/marketing/admin-users-licenses-roles

Question 124 ( Question Set 3 )


DRAG DROP -
You are creating a Power Apps Component Framework (PCF) control.
You test the control by using a local test harness.
You need to complete testing.
Which commands should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate commands to the correct functions. Each command may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between
panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Box 1: start npm start -

Those two ‫ג‬€start‫ג‬€-s surrounding the ‫ג‬€npm‫ג‬€ have completely different meaning. When done this way, a new command prompt window will show up and ‫ג‬€npm start‫ג‬€ will run in that additional window:

It‫ג‬€™ll be the same result ‫ג‬€" you will have the harness started, but, also, your original terminal session will continue to work, and you won‫ג‬€™t need to open
another one.

Box 2: Npm start watch -

The following image shows what Visual Studio Code will look like when you use the npm start watch for the DataSetGrid sample:

Launching the test harness in watch mode enables you to quickly see the changes in action. Changes made to any of the following component assets are
automatically reflected in the test harness without having to restart it: index.ts file.
Imported modules in index.ts (excluding node_modules).
All of the resources listed in the ControlManifest.Input.xml file, for example, css/DataSetGrid.css or strings/DataSetGrid.1033.resx
Incorrect:
* To start the test harness, you would use the following command: npm start
This is fast and convenient, but this command will lock your terminal session. For example, if you are doing PCF development in Visual Studio Code, here is what
you will see in the terminal window:

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/developer/component-framework/debugging-custom-controls https://www.itaintboring.com/dynamics-
crm/test-harness-for-pcf-controls-we-can-also-use-start-npm-start/

Question 125 ( Question Set 3 )


DRAG DROP -
You are designing a model-driven app for a company's support desk team.
You must add a button to the app that creates a reminder task. The button must only display to users if a service case is open for at least seven days.
You need to define the steps to create the button when App Designer is open.
In which order should you perform the actions? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.
NOTE: More than one order of answer choices is correct. You will receive credit for any of the correct orders you select.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Step 1: Edit the command bar.

Step 2: Add a command button.
Step 3: Add a data source to the component library

DataSourceInfo function -
Data sources can provide a wealth of information to optimize the user experience.
Step 4: Configure a visibility expression.ֲ¨
You can use Power Fx for both actions (what happens when the command button is selected) as well as visibility (logic to control when the button is visible).

Visible -
Defines logic for hiding or showing the button when running the app.
To define visibility logic select the command. Then select Visibility on the right command properties pane and choose Show on condition from formula. You may now select Visible on the left of the formula bar then
write a Power Fx expression using the formula bar.
Step 5: Create a task by using OnSelect expression.

OnSelect -
Defines the logic that will be executed when the button is selected within the app.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/maker/model-driven-apps/use-command-designer https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/maker/model-driven-apps/commanding-use-powerfx

Question 126 ( Question Set 3 ) 

You are developing a model-driven app for a company that sells sporting goods. You add a button to a page that displays information for a product.

The button must copy information for the selected product and create a record in the data source. You add the following code to the button. (Line numbers are included for reference only.)

You need to complete the code.

Which function should you insert at line 01?

A. UpdateContext(
B. IsMatch(
C. LoadData(
D. Patch(
E. SaveData(

Answer : A

Question 127 ( Question Set 3 )


HOTSPOT
-

You are creating a new model-driven app.

The app must meet the following requirements:

• Display an image that can be resized without loss in quality.

• Use a client API function to return language-localized text.

You need to customize the app by using web resources.

Which web resource types should you use?

To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 128 ( Question Set 3 )


You create and deploy a Power Platform solution that includes synchronous plug-ins.

Users report performance issues with the solution.

You need to determine whether a plug-in is the cause of the performance issues.

Which two tools can you use? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Tracing
B. Data policies
C. Solution checker
D. ISV Studio
E. Microsoft Dataverse Analytics

Answer : AC

Question 129 ( Question Set 3 )


DRAG DROP
-

You are creating a model-driven app for users to submit and manage budgets for projects.

You must create a business process flow to ensure any lead with a budget over $10,000 requires approval by a manager. You must add a custom control that allows users to select the estimated budget cost for a
project.

You need to add the control to the business process flow.

In which order should you perform the actions? To answer, move all actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

Answer :

Question 130 ( Question Set 3 )


DRAG DROP
-

The engineering team in a company uses a SharePoint list to manage critical technical issues that are raised by clients. Other departments do not have access to this list. Departments use their own apps for their own
processes.

All departments must be able to see the total number of client issues at any point in time.

You need to design a component that can be used in all the departmental apps to display the total number of client issues in bold colors.

Which four actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point

Answer :

Question 131 ( Question Set 3 )


DRAG DROP
-

Case Study
-

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must
manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about
the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot
return to this section.

To start the case study

-
To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Background
-

Proseware, Inc. is an industry leading software company with several thousand employees. The company has had some trouble recruiting talented employees. Top-level candidates interview with the company but go
on to work for competitors.

Feedback from candidates show that some offers were not accepted because the interview scheduling process was unpleasant. The company does not have a system to keep track of the candidates that were not
selected.

Current Environment
-

The recruiting process starts when an individual applies for a position on the company website. The individual may have found the position on their own, they may have been officially referred by an employee, or in
some cases were contacted directly by a hiring manager and encouraged to apply.

Recruiters schedule an interview with a hiring manager and interviews with two senior team members. Each interview results in feedback about the candidate and a recommendation whether to hire or not.

The recruiting team manages all information by using a model-driven application.

The company has the following Microsoft Dataverse tables and columns:

• JobPosting
- Hiring Manager - lookup to SystemUser
- Recruiter Assigned - lookup to SystemUser
• Contact (Job Applicant)
- Contact identifier
- First name
- Last name
- Time-Zone Offset
- Person of Interest - Yes/No (default)
• Application proapplication
- Contact identifier, Contact - lookup to Contact
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
- pro_recruiterassignedid
• Interview
- Application - lookup to Application
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
- Recommend - Choice (Yes (0), No (1), and null (default) are the available values)
- Person of Interest - Yes/No, No is the default value
• Referral
- Contact - lookup to Contact
- Referrer - lookup to SystemUser
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
• SystemUser
- Manager - lookup to SystemUser
- Time-Zone Offset
• Recruiter
- Recruiter identifier
- Recruiter name

Applications
-
There may be multiple applications associated with each job posting. Applications are linked to an employee record if an employee referred the applicant for a position. The same individual can be an applicant for
multiple job postings.

Interviews
-
Each interview is performed by an employee and is related to a single application.

The interview scheduling process may force potential candidates to accept interviews at unusual times with the senior team members due to time-zone differences.

Requirements. Interview Scheduling

The system must provide recruiters with a list of team members and their time-zone information. You must create a Microsoft Power Apps Component Framework (PCF) control for the Job Application form to display
a list of senior team members who report directly to a hiring manager.

• The control must display the current time in each team member's local time.
• The control must be bound so that it minimizes the amount of code that must be written.
• You must display the list of team members and sort the list to show team members who reside in time zones closest to the applicant's time zone first.

You must develop a second PCF control that displays the time-zone name and current time on the Job Application form. You must display the data in the candidate’s local time.

Requirements. Historical Information Tracking

You must create a process to identify individuals as a person of interest that the company should consider hiring. You must assign each individual a score based on their past interactions.

• You must be able to determine the following information about a candidate:

- The number of interviews in the past two years and whether team members provided recommendations
- The number of hiring manager referrals and employee referrals in the past two years
- Whether the individual has any of the 12 designations or certifications that the company considers significant
• Only a single referral can be made per job application. The system must be able to support multiple referrals for a candidate.
• The system must track referrals even if an application is not completed.

Requirements. Historical Information Scoring

The automated process must run weekly to assess all candidates. The process must also run automatically when historical information is updated. You must be able to perform scoring by selecting a command button
on the contact form.

• This new command button must only be visible to employees who belong to a security role assigned named Recruiter. The command button must not be visible to anyone unless the contact form is in Update mode.
• A person of interest is defined as having a score of 15 or more based on the following historical information criteria:
- Each interview with a recommendation adds two to the score.
- Each interview without a recommendation subtracts two from the score.
- Each employee or manager referral adds one to the score.
- Each designation or certification adds one to the score.
• All scoring elements must be recalculated when changes occur. You must assign the score to the Person of interest field.
• Values representing totals or scores must be stored in their own numeric fields.
• Plug-ins must be used to keep the Person of Interest field on active interview records associated with the Contact.
• Plug-ins registered on the update of the Person of interest field must send an email notification when the candidate named in the email is a person of interest. Recruiters must receive the message when the field is
updated on the Contact record.
• Interviewers must get an email notification when the Person of Interest field on the interview record is successfully updated.

Requirements. Design Guidelines

The following design guidelines must be followed:

• Schema changes must be made using the method requiring the least amount of storage to meet the requirement.
• Out-of-the-box functionality must be used when possible.
• Any code required to calculate scores must be able to be run from a single point.
• Email notifications need to be kept to a minimum.

Issues
-

• Recruiters report that the command button to score a candidate is not working. You debug the code and observe that the context input parameter is null.
• The system does not support associating designations and certifications with candidates.
• The value for the field used by the PCF control to display local time is saved to Microsoft Dataverse each time an active application record is opened.
• Interviewers report that they do not receive email notifications when interview records are created for an existing person of interest.

You need to configure the columns to store scores and totals.

Which configurations should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate configurations to the correct columns. Each configuration may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar
between panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 132 ( Question Set 3 )


HOTSPOT
-

Case Study
-

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must
manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about
the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot
return to this section.

To start the case study

-
To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Background
-

Proseware, Inc. is an industry leading software company with several thousand employees. The company has had some trouble recruiting talented employees. Top-level candidates interview with the company but go
on to work for competitors.

Feedback from candidates show that some offers were not accepted because the interview scheduling process was unpleasant. The company does not have a system to keep track of the candidates that were not
selected.

Current Environment
-

The recruiting process starts when an individual applies for a position on the company website. The individual may have found the position on their own, they may have been officially referred by an employee, or in
some cases were contacted directly by a hiring manager and encouraged to apply.

Recruiters schedule an interview with a hiring manager and interviews with two senior team members. Each interview results in feedback about the candidate and a recommendation whether to hire or not.

The recruiting team manages all information by using a model-driven application.

The company has the following Microsoft Dataverse tables and columns:

• JobPosting
- Hiring Manager - lookup to SystemUser
- Recruiter Assigned - lookup to SystemUser
• Contact (Job Applicant)
- Contact identifier
- First name
- Last name
- Time-Zone Offset
- Person of Interest - Yes/No (default)
• Application proapplication
- Contact identifier, Contact - lookup to Contact
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
- pro_recruiterassignedid
• Interview
- Application - lookup to Application
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
- Recommend - Choice (Yes (0), No (1), and null (default) are the available values)
- Person of Interest - Yes/No, No is the default value
• Referral
- Contact - lookup to Contact
- Referrer - lookup to SystemUser
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
• SystemUser
- Manager - lookup to SystemUser
- Time-Zone Offset
• Recruiter
- Recruiter identifier
- Recruiter name

Applications
-
There may be multiple applications associated with each job posting. Applications are linked to an employee record if an employee referred the applicant for a position. The same individual can be an applicant for
multiple job postings.

Interviews
-
Each interview is performed by an employee and is related to a single application.

The interview scheduling process may force potential candidates to accept interviews at unusual times with the senior team members due to time-zone differences.

Requirements. Interview Scheduling

The system must provide recruiters with a list of team members and their time-zone information. You must create a Microsoft Power Apps Component Framework (PCF) control for the Job Application form to display
a list of senior team members who report directly to a hiring manager.

• The control must display the current time in each team member's local time.
• The control must be bound so that it minimizes the amount of code that must be written.
• You must display the list of team members and sort the list to show team members who reside in time zones closest to the applicant's time zone first.

You must develop a second PCF control that displays the time-zone name and current time on the Job Application form. You must display the data in the candidate’s local time.

Requirements. Historical Information Tracking

You must create a process to identify individuals as a person of interest that the company should consider hiring. You must assign each individual a score based on their past interactions.

• You must be able to determine the following information about a candidate:

- The number of interviews in the past two years and whether team members provided recommendations
- The number of hiring manager referrals and employee referrals in the past two years
- Whether the individual has any of the 12 designations or certifications that the company considers significant
• Only a single referral can be made per job application. The system must be able to support multiple referrals for a candidate.
• The system must track referrals even if an application is not completed.

Requirements. Historical Information Scoring

The automated process must run weekly to assess all candidates. The process must also run automatically when historical information is updated. You must be able to perform scoring by selecting a command button
on the contact form.

• This new command button must only be visible to employees who belong to a security role assigned named Recruiter. The command button must not be visible to anyone unless the contact form is in Update mode.
• A person of interest is defined as having a score of 15 or more based on the following historical information criteria:
- Each interview with a recommendation adds two to the score.
- Each interview without a recommendation subtracts two from the score.
- Each employee or manager referral adds one to the score.
- Each designation or certification adds one to the score.
• All scoring elements must be recalculated when changes occur. You must assign the score to the Person of interest field.
• Values representing totals or scores must be stored in their own numeric fields.
• Plug-ins must be used to keep the Person of Interest field on active interview records associated with the Contact.
• Plug-ins registered on the update of the Person of interest field must send an email notification when the candidate named in the email is a person of interest. Recruiters must receive the message when the field is
updated on the Contact record.
• Interviewers must get an email notification when the Person of Interest field on the interview record is successfully updated.

Requirements. Design Guidelines

The following design guidelines must be followed:

• Schema changes must be made using the method requiring the least amount of storage to meet the requirement.
• Out-of-the-box functionality must be used when possible.
• Any code required to calculate scores must be able to be run from a single point.
• Email notifications need to be kept to a minimum.

Issues
-

• Recruiters report that the command button to score a candidate is not working. You debug the code and observe that the context input parameter is null.
• The system does not support associating designations and certifications with candidates.
• The value for the field used by the PCF control to display local time is saved to Microsoft Dataverse each time an active application record is opened.
• Interviewers report that they do not receive email notifications when interview records are created for an existing person of interest.

You create the following Fetch XML query to determine the number of interviews where there are no recommendations for an applicant.
For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 133 ( Question Set 3 ) 

Case study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must
manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about
the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot
return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on
the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Background -

Northwind Traders uses Microsoft Dynamics 365 Sales to manage its sales process. To better understand its customers, Northwind Traders invests in a team of researchers who gather data from multiple sources. The
company stores the data it collects in a Microsoft Azure SQL Database. The company plans to use the data to enrich account records and make the sales team more effective.
Current environment -

Environment -

• The company has three Microsoft Power Platform environments with Dynamics 365 Sales installed. The environments are named development, test, and production.
• Each environment has an application user that can be used for integrations.
• The company must use solutions to perform all customization and configuration deployment.

Data -

• Researchers are responsible for creating account records.

• Researchers have permissions on the Account table to create records, read all records, and update records they own.
• A synchronous plug-in runs when an account record is created and could reassign the record to a different user.
• Users must access data as themselves to enforce security and audit changes.
• A column named new_dataid is added to the Account table. The column uniquely identifies which data it should receive.
• Researchers have researched only the top 20 percent of account records.

Web API -

• The company creates an Azure Function to run a RESTful .NET Web API.
• Data can be retrieved by placing a GET request to the URL https://dataservice-[ENVIRONMENTNAME].azurewebsites.net/enrich/[DATAID].
• [ENVIRONMENTNAME] is the name of the Microsoft Power Platform environment that requests the data.
• [DATAID] is the new_dataid column in the Account table.
• The Web API response will return a 200 response plus data if the DataId is found. Otherwise, a 404 response is returned.
• Developers plan to create a custom connector from the Web API to make it accessible from Microsoft Power Platform.

Requirements -

Custom connector -

• The Web API definition used to create the custom connector must be generated based on a low-code technology.
• The URL used by the custom connector must incorporate the current environment name without hardcoding values.
• Errors generated by the custom connector must not cause downstream processes to fail.
• Text descriptions and field placeholder text that describe the use of the custom connector must appear for non-developers.

Process -

• All account records must be updated with data from the Web API once automatically.
• Only account records that contain a DataId should be updated by the Web API.
• Researchers must create Power Automate flows to specify data analysis priority.
• The researchers require a process that repurposes a set of identical steps of parameterized Microsoft Dataverse queries from a Power Automate flow for use in other flows that have different parameters. The
researchers want to avoid recreating the steps manually each time they create a flow to save time and avoid errors.

Issues -

• A tester attempts to connect to the production instance of the Web API with a DataId that should return data. The tester receives an error stating that the remote name could not be resolved.
• A missing component causes an error to occur when importing the solution that contains the Power Automate flow to update account records in a test environment.

You need to choose a technology to access the Web API.

Which technology should you select?

A. Canvas app that uses the custom connector
B. Plug-in that contacts the Web API
C. Power Automate flow that uses the custom connector
D. Webhook that contacts the Web API

Answer : A

Question 134 ( Question Set 3 )


A company designs a solution for use in an international organization.

The solution must provide multiple UI languages and currencies.

You need to move components to include them as part of the solution.

Which three component types can you move? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. available UI languages
B. scheduled power automate flow
C. custom entity
D. modified standard security role
E. Currencies enabled in the environment

Answer : ACE

Question 135 ( Question Set 3 )


An organization uses Dynamics 365 Sales. The organization has accounting and customer service departments.

You must restrict users in customer service from being able to change the value of the balance field on the Contact records. The accounting team must be the only team able to edit this field.
You need to create the appropriate solution without any customizations.

What should you do first?

A. Enable field security for the balance field and grant the customer service team read and update permissions.
B. Create a customer service form and role and a business rule that enables the balance field.
C. Enable field security for the balance field and grant the customer service team read permissions.
D. Enable field security for the balance field and grant the accounting team read permissions.

Answer : C

Question 136 ( Question Set 3 )


HOTSPOT
-

You create a model-driven app.

You observe that the following issues occur with the app:

• One custom column displays an unexpected value when a new record is created.
• An error prevents the record from saving.

You need to use the browser to find the root cause of the issues.

Which events should you debug? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 137 ( Question Set 3 )


DRAG DROP
-

You manage a model-driven app.

The forms in the app do not work as expected. You must troubleshoot the form issues.

Code unrelated to an event must continue to run as you troubleshoot.

You need to disable form events to isolate the causes.

Which URL parameters should you use? To answer, move the appropriate URL parameters to the correct events. You may use each URL parameter once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to move the split
bar between panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 138 ( Question Set 3 )


An organization uses Dynamics 365 Sales. The organization has accounting and customer service departments.

You must restrict users in customer service from being able to change the value of the balance field on the Contact records. The accounting team must be the only team able to edit this field.

You need to create the appropriate solution without any customizations.

What should you do first?

A. Enable field security for the balance field and grant the customer service team read permissions.
B. Create a customer service form and role and make the balance field read-only.
C. Create a customer service form and role and a business rule that enables the balance field.
D. Create an accounting form and role and a business rule that enables the balance field.

Answer : A

Question 139 ( Question Set 4 )


You have a Microsoft Dataverse entity and a model-driven app. The model-driven app integrates with an external system.
You plan to run business logic each time the model-driven app creates a record. Running business logic must not negatively affect model-driven app users.
You need to implement the business logic.
What should you use?

A. Synchronous plug-in registered in the PreOperation stage

B. Synchronous workflow
C. Asynchronous plug-in registered in the PostOperation stage

Answer : C

The asynchronous service executes long-running operations independent of the main Microsoft Dataverse core operation. This results in improved overall system performance and improved scalability.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/common-data-service/asynchronous-service

Question 140 ( Question Set 4 ) 

HOTSPOT -
A company is preparing to go live with their Dynamics 365Sales solution, but first they need to migrate data from a legacy system. The company is migrating accounts in batches of 1,000.
When the data is saved to Dynamics 365 Sales, the IDs for the new accounts must be output to a log file.
You have the following code:
For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: No -

Box 2: Yes -
ContinueOnError: When true, continue processing the next request in the collection even if a fault has been returned from processing the current request in the collection. When false, do not continue processing the
next request.
ReturnResponses: When true, return responses from each message request processed. When false, do not return responses.
When false, the Responses collection will not be empty if errors are returned. If errors are returned, there will be one response item in the collection for each processed request that returned a fault and Fault will be set
to the actual fault that occurred.

Box 3: No -

Box 4: Yes -
For example, in a request collection that contains six requests where the third and fifth request return faults, the following table indicates what the Responses collection would contain.
ContinueOnError=true, ReturnResponses=false: 2 response items: 2 have Fault set to a value.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/common-data-service/org-service/execute-multiple-requests

Question 141 ( Question Set 4 )


DRAG DROP -
You are creating a business process flow for an organization's Request for Quote process.
You need to ensure that the business process flow meets the company's requirements.
Which components should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate components to the correct requirements. Each component may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar
between panes to scroll to view content. Select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Box 1: Step -
Each step represents a field where data can be entered.
Stages tell you where you are in the process, while steps are action items that lead to a desired outcome.

Box 2: Branching condition -

You can enhance a business process flow with branching. If you have the create permissions on business process flows, you‫ג‬€™ll be able create business process flow with multiple branches by using the If-Else logic.

Box 3: Stage -
Each stage contains a group of steps.
Incorrect Answers:
You can use custom controls to add rich visualizations (such as sliders, radial knobs, the LinkedIn control, and more) to business process flows steps and deliver engaging experiences to those who use your business
process.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/business-process-flows-overview https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/enhance-business-process-flows-branching

Question 142 ( Question Set 4 )


HOTSPOT -
A university manages grant applications using a model-driven app.
Users report that the message on the Grant Application screen is outdated. The screen shows the following:

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that answers each question based on the information presented in the graphic.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Reference:
https://www.loganconsulting.com/blog/how-use-power-automate-trigger-workflows-microsoft-dynamics-crm/

Question 143 ( Question Set 4 )


A manufacturing company uses a Common Data Service (CDS) environment to manage their parts inventory across two warehouses modeled as business units and named WH1 and WH2.
Data from the two warehouses is processed separately for each part that has its inventory quantities updates. The company must automate this process, pushing inventory updates from orders submitted to the
warehouses.
You need to build the automation using Power Automate flows against the CDS database. You must achieve this goal by using the least amount of administrative effort.
Which flow or flows should you recommend?

A. Two automated flows with scope Business Unit, with triggers on Create/Update/Delete on orders.
B. Two automated flows with scope Business Unit, with triggers on Create/Update/Delete and each flow filtering updates from each business unit.
C. Two scheduled flows, each querying and updating the parts included in orders from each business unit.
D. One scheduled flow, querying the parts included in orders in both business units.
E. One automated flow, querying the orders in both business units.
F. Two scheduled flows, each querying the orders from each business unit.
G. Two automated flows with scope Organization, with triggers on Create/Update/Delete and filters on WH1 and WH2.
H. Two automated flow with scope Business Unit, with triggers on Create/Update/Delete on orders and filters on WH1 and WH2.

Answer : H

With the Common Data Service connector, you can create Power Automate flows that are initiated by create and update events within Dataverse. Additionally, you can perform create, update, retrieve, and delete
actions on records within Dataverse.
You can use scopes to determine if your flow runs if you create a new record, if a new record is created by a user within your business unit, or if a new record is created by any user in your organization.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/connection-cds

Question 144 ( Question Set 4 )


HOTSPOT -
You are training a group of makers to use Power Automate.
You have the following expressions:

You need to identify what each expression is doing.

What does each expression do? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: Return the statuscode at runtime.

You could try the following method to get the status code.
Configure Compose action under the specified action to get the status code. outputs('ActionName')['statusCode']
Box 2: Return all the results from all actions from MyScope
The @result() expression accepts the name of a Scope as a parameter and returns a JSON array of objects that represent the results of the execution of each action within the Scope.
Reference:
https://powerusers.microsoft.com/t5/Building-Flows/How-to-determine-status-code-for-a-condition/td-p/355653 https://blogs.msmvps.com/windsor/2019/04/25/microsoft-flow-error-handling/

Question 145 ( Question Set 4 )


HOTSPOT -
A clothing store uses Power Apps apps to interact with customers. Customer data is stored in Microsoft Dataverse.
The store offers discounts for customers. You assign a group discount to all customers in a category. Applicable group discounts are added to any customer- specific discounts. Discount information is stored in the
following columns:

If the total discount on an order exceeds 30 percent, a manager must approve the order before the order is fulfilled and delivered.
You need to create a flow that notifies managers when approvals are required.
How should you configure the flow trigger? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: store_totaldiscount -
If the total discount on an order exceeds 30 percent, a manager must approve the order before the order is fulfilled and delivered.
Box 2: @greater(add(triggerBody()..
When to use triggerBody() ? ‫ג‬€" When you want to fetch attributes from the body of the trigger.
Incorrect Answers:
When to use triggerOutputs() ? ‫ג‬€" Whenever you need to access anything from within the body as well as some info from the header as well.
Reference:
https://d365demystified.com/2020/09/06/using-triggerbody-triggeroutput-to-read-cds-trigger-metadata-attributes-in-a-flow-power-automate/

Question 146 ( Question Set 4 )


DRAG DROP -
You are creating technical designs for several complex business processes.
You need to implement custom business logic based on the requirements.
Which implementation methods should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate implementation methods to the correct requirements. Each implementation method may be used once, more than once, or not at all.
You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:
Answer :

Box 1: Business rule -

You can create business rules and recommendations to apply logic and validations without writing code or creating plug-ins. Business rules provide a simple interface to implement and maintain fast-changing and
commonly used rules.
By combining conditions and actions, you can do any of the following with business rules:
✑ Set column values
✑ Clear column values
✑ Set column requirement levels
✑ Show or hide columns
✑ Enable or disable columns
✑ Validate data and show error messages
✑ Create business recommendations based on business intelligence.

Box 2: Power Automate flow -

You can create a cloud flow that performs one or more tasks (such as sending a report in email):
✑ Once a day, an hour, or a minute
✑ On a date that you specify
✑ After a number of days, hours, or minutes that you specify
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/run-scheduled-tasks

Question 147 ( Question Set 4 ) 

You create a Power Automate flow that retrieves data from a proprietary database.
You need to ensure that the flow works for other users.
Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Share a view with users.

B. Share the custom connector with users.
C. Share the flow with users.
D. Share the environment by giving permissions to the users.

Answer : BC

Share the flow and the custom connector with users.

B: Share a custom connector in your organization.
If you have a custom connector, you might want to enable other people to use it. People within your organization can use the custom connector just like they use other Microsoft-managed connectors.
C: Also share the flow.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/connectors/custom-connectors/share

Question 148 ( Question Set 4 )


An organization implements Dynamics 365 Sales.
You need to trigger a business rule when the main form in saved.
What should you do?

A. Write a business rule to trigger on a change of ModifiedOn field.

B. Set the scope of the business rule to one specific form where business rule triggers.
C. Set the scope of the business rule to All Forms.
D. Set the scope of the business rule to Entity.

Answer : D

Set scope of business rule to "Entity" instead of "All Form". This will trigger it on server side.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/previous-versions/dynamicscrm-2016/developers-guide/dn481574(v=crm.8)

Question 149 ( Question Set 4 ) 

A company implements Dynamics 365 Sales.
An email notification must be sent automatically to the sales manager when a business process completes.
You need to ensure that emails are sent.
What should you create on the process completed trigger?

A. a workflow
B. an action step
C. a data step

Answer : A

When you include a workflow that you want to trigger on Stage Exit of a stage in your business process flow, and that stage is the last stage in the flow, the designer gives the impression that the workflow will be
triggered when that stage is completed.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/customerengagement/on-premises/customize/business-process-flows-overview

Question 150 ( Question Set 4 )


You create a Power Virtual Agents chatbot in an environment named Environment1. A colleague creates a Power Automate flow in the default solution in the default environment.
The chatbot in Environment1 does not recognize the flow in the default environment.
You need to ensure the chatbot can access the flow.
Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Add the Power Automate flow to a solution in Environment1.

B. Send a copy of the Power Automate flow from the default environment.
C. Add the Power Automate flow to a solution in the default environment.
D. Export the solution from the default environment and import the solution into Environment1.
E. Share the Power Automate flow from the default environment.

Answer : AE

E: The flow needs to be shared as it was created by another person.

A: To be available to your bots, flows must be stored in a solution in Power Automate. If you do not want to use the Default Solution for this purpose, you can move your flows to another solution.
Incorrect Answers:
C: The flow is already in the default solution in the default environment.
D: You move the flow, not export and import the solution.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-virtual-agents/environments-first-run-experience

Question 151 ( Question Set 4 )


A customer wants to design a complex business process flow that includes six custom entities and four stages for each entity. One of the stages will have 15 steps.
You need to explain the flaw in this design to the customer.
What is the flaw in this design?

A. The maximum number of custom entities has been exceeded.

B. The maximum number of steps for a stage has been exceeded.
C. The maximum number of stages for an entity has been exceeded.
D. The minimum number of stages for an entity has not been met.
E. The minimum number of steps for a stage has not been met.

Answer : A

Maximum number of processes, stages, and steps:

To ensure acceptable performance and the usability of the user interface, there are some limitations you need to be aware of when you plan to use business process flows:
✑ Multi-entity processes can contain no more than five entities.
✑ There can be no more than 10 activated business process flow processes per entity.
✑ Each process can contain no more than 30 stages.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/business-process-flows-overview

Question 152 ( Question Set 4 ) 

DRAG DROP -
An organization has a Dynamics 365 Sales environment. In the development environment, you create a business rule named BusinessRule1 on the Account entity. You deploy BusinessRule1 to production as part of a
managed solution.
You need to remove BusinessRule1 from the production environment.
Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Step 1: In the development environment, navigate to Solutions.

The only supported way of transferring customizations from one CRM organization to another has been through Solutions.
With Solution Management came the concept of Managed and Unmanaged Solutions.
Step 2: Export the solution as managed and import it in the production environment.
Managed is a way to protect your IP (Intellectual Property) with an easy concept of install and uninstall.
Step 3: Select the solution that has BusinessRule1, navigate to the appropriate entity, and delete the rule.
Reference:
https://www.inogic.com/blog/2016/01/solution-management-with-dynamics-crm-2016/

Question 153 ( Question Set 4 )


HOTSPOT -
You are a Power Apps app maker with administrative rights to Microsoft 365.
You create a canvas app that will be used by employees at your company. You plan to allow users to embed the app in Microsoft Teams. During testing, the following issues are reported:
✑ The app runs slowly when it runs in Microsoft Teams.
✑ Test users cannot add the personal app within Microsoft Teams.
You need to resolve the issues.
What should you do? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: Change settings in app to preload app

You can optionally preload your app within Teams to increase performance.
Box 2: Change the permission for the custom app in Teams
As an admin, you can use app permission policies to control what apps are available to Microsoft Teams users in your organization. You can allow or block all apps or specific apps published by Microsoft, third-
parties, and your organization. When you block an app, users who have the policy are unable to install it from the Teams app store.
You manage app permission policies in the Microsoft Teams admin center. You can use the global (Org-wide default) policy or create and assign custom policies.
Users in your organization will automatically get the global policy unless you create and assign a custom policy. After you edit or assign a policy, it can take a few hours for changes to take effect.

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/teams/embed-teams-app https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoftteams/teams-app-permission-policies

Question 154 ( Question Set 4 ) 

DRAG DROP -
You are developing a Power Platform solution.
You must add a custom control slider to a specific step in a business process flow.
You need to add the custom control.
Which four actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:
Answer :

Here are the steps you must follow to add custom controls to a business process flow:
Step 1: Configure custom controls on a related entity.
Step 2: Generate and exporting the business process flow form.
Step 3: Copy custom control configurations to the FormXML for the business process flow.
Step 4: Import customizations into the Microsoft Dataverse environment.
Note:
1. Configure custom controls on a related table form.
2. Generate and exporting the business process flow form.
3. Copy custom control configurations to the business process flow form from the related table form.
4. Import the customizations back into Microsoft Dataverse.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/custom-controls-business-process-flows

Question 155 ( Question Set 4 ) 

HOTSPOT -
A company is creating a new system based on Dynamics 365 Sales.
The company has the following requirements for their claim process:
✑ Approval process must be the same for all claim applications.
✑ Claim applications must go through approvers at each stage.
✑ Fields must be shown or hidden, based on the requirements in the approval process.
You need to design the data model for the claim process using out-of-the-box components whenever possible.
Which features should you implement? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Answer :

Box 1: Workflow -
You configure the approval processes in a workflow.

Box 2: Business process flow -

By integrating your approvals feature with Power Automate, you can implement features such as these:
✑ Automatically generate and send request-for-approval emails to approvers.
✑ Include active approve and reject buttons in request-for-approval emails.
✑ Easy customization of the approval steps, using a framework that most administrators will be able to understand and adjust for themselves.

Box 3: JavaScript -
In Dynamics 365, you can hide and show fields using JavaScript. This is useful if you have business logic that determines if fields are displayed or not to the user.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/fin-ops-core/fin-ops/organization-administration/configure-approval-process-workflow

Question 156 ( Question Set 4 )


HOTSPOT -
You are creating a Microsoft Power Automate flow.
The flow must prompt a user for some input and populate a field in an app based on the user's input.
You need to add an expression that returns User1 if the input from the user is High. Otherwise, the expression must return User2.
How should you complete the expression? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: equals -

Power automate if Funtion -

The Power Automate if Function is a fundamental function, which checks the expression or value, and returns true or false.
For example: If (equals(2,3),‫ג‬€™yes‫ ג‬,™€‫ג‬€˜no‫ג‬€™), so this expression return no.

Box 2: User1 -

Box 3: User2 -
Reference:
https://www.enjoysharepoint.com/power-automate-if/
 Question 157 ( Question Set 4 )

You create a form in a model-driven app that uses data from the Lead table in a Microsoft Dataverse instance. You add a business rule to the Lead table. The business rule displays an error if the email address is null.
You set the scope for the business rule to All Forms.
You configure a Power Apps portal by using the same Microsoft Dataverse instance. You create a web page by using the Lead form.
You need to ensure the same logic is applied on the Power Apps portal page.
What are two possible ways to achieve the goal? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Deactivate the business rule. Change the scope for the rule to Table and then reactivate the rule.
B. Replace the business rule logic with a Microsoft Power Automate cloud flow by using the Dataverse When a row is added, modified or deleted trigger.
C. Extend the webFormClientValidate JavaScript function to replace the business rule logic. Edit the code in Power Apps Studio. Add the function in a <script> block.
D. Create a JavaScript web resource and replace the business rule with a JavaScript function. Add an OnSave event handler to the Lead form.

Answer : AD

PowerApps Portal or CRM Portal don't support Business Rule that apply on the Forms.
A: Business rules defined for a table apply to both canvas apps and model-driven apps if the table is used in the app.
D: PostSave event occurs after the OnSave event is complete. This event is used to support or execute custom logic using web resources to perform after Save actions when the save event is successful or failed due to
server errors.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/maker/data-platform/data-platform-create-business-rule https://powerusers.microsoft.com/t5/Power-Apps-Portals/Business-rules-in-a-PowerApps-Portal/td-
p/404588

Question 158 ( Question Set 4 ) 

A company uses Microsoft Dataverse rollup fields to calculate insurance exposure and risk profiles for customers.
Users report that the system does not update values for the rollup fields when new insurance policies are written.
You need to recalculate the value of the rollup fields immediately after a policy is created.
What should you do?

A. Create new fields on the customer entity for insurance exposure and risk. Write a workflow process that is triggered when a new policy record is created to calculate the sum of values from policy records.
B. Update the Mass Calculate Rollup Field job to trigger when a new policy record is created.
C. Create a plug-in that uses the update method for the rollup fields. Configure a step on the Create event for the policy entity for this plug-in.
D. Create a plug-in that uses the CalculateRollupFieldRequest method for the rollup field. Configure a step on the Create event for the policy entity for this plug-in.

Answer : B

Rollup column values are calculated asynchronously by scheduled system jobs. Administrators set when a job is run or pause the job.
Mass Calculate Rollup Field.
Mass Calculate Rollup Field is a recurring job, created for each rollup column. It runs once, after you create or update a rollup column. The job recalculates the specified rollup column value in all existing records that
contain this column. By default, the job will run 12 hours after you have created or updated a column.
When the column is modified, the job resets to run again in 12 hours after the update. The 12-hour delay is needed to assure that the Mass Calculate Rollup Field runs during the non-operational hours of the
environment.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/maker/data-platform/define-rollup-fields

Question 159 ( Question Set 4 )


An organization implements Dynamics 365 Supply Chain Management.

You need to create a Microsoft Flow that runs daily.

What are two possible ways to achieve this goal? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Create the flow and set the flow frequency to daily and the interval to 1.
B. Create the flow and set the flow frequency to daily and the interval to 24.
C. Create the flow and set the flow frequency to hourly and the interval to 1.
D. Create the flow and set the flow frequency to hourly and the interval to 24.

Answer : AD

Question 160 ( Question Set 4 )


You develop a model-driven app to manage customer information. You have the system administrator security role on all environments.

You create a business process flow that is associated with the Contact table. You grant users Create, Read, and Write permissions on the business process flow.

Users report that the new business process flow does not appear when the users create new contact records. You verify that you can view the business process flow when you sign into the app and create a new contact
record.

You need to resolve the issue.

What should you do?

A. Grant users the Run Flows privilege.

B. In the app designer, ensure that the business process flow is added to the app.
C. Grant users the Organization Read permission on the Process table.
D. Open the business process flow and associate the flow with the user security roles by using the Edit security button on the command bar.
Answer : D

Question 161 ( Question Set 4 )


A company uses Microsoft Dataverse rollup fields to calculate insurance exposure and risk profiles for customers.

Users report that the system does not update values for the rollup fields when new insurance policies are written.

You need to recalculate the value of the rollup fields immediately after a policy is created.

What should you do?

A. Create new fields on the customer entity for insurance exposure and risk. Write a workflow process that is triggered when a new policy record is created to calculate the sum of values from policy records.
B. Create new calculated fields on the customer entity for insurance exposure and risk. Configure the formula to calculate the sum of values from policy records.
C. Change the frequency of the Calculate Rollup Field recurring job from every hour to every five minutes.
D. Create new fields on the customer entity for insurance exposure and risk. Write a plug-in that is triggered whenever a new policy is created.

Answer : D

Question 162 ( Question Set 4 ) 

You create a cloud flow to process a list of records using a loop.

You need to determine when to initialize a variable that is used to process the records.

When should you initialize the variable?

A. after the loop

B. after the first use of the variable inside the loop
C. before the loop
D. before the first use of the variable inside the loop

Answer : C

Question 163 ( Question Set 4 )


You are configuring a Microsoft Power Virtual Agents chatbot to use the authenticate option for Microsoft Teams only.

You need to select the variables that will return information about the logged in user.

Which two variables should you use?

Each correct answer presents a complete solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. AuthToken
B. UserDisplayName
C. UserID
D. IsLoggedIn

Answer : BC

Question 164 ( Question Set 4 )


DRAG DROP
-

You are creating a model-driven app

You are using the Opportunities table to estimate the opportunity. The requirements for the app include:

• An email must be sent to the sales team if the opportunity is over $50,000.
• Users must be able to enter sponsors when creating a record if the opportunity is over one million dollars.

You must minimize the lines of code required.

You need to implement the app.

Which tools should you use?

To answer, drag the appropriate tools to the correct requirements. Each tool may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 165 ( Question Set 4 )


HOTSPOT
-

You are developing a model-driven app by using Microsoft Power Platform.

The app must perform the following functions:

• Automatically receive updates from a purchase order system.

• Only add new purchase orders.

You need to implement the app.

Which components should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 166 ( Question Set 4 )


A company uses Microsoft Dataverse rollup fields to calculate insurance exposure and risk profiles for customers.

Users report that the system does not update values for the rollup fields when new insurance policies are written.

You need to recalculate the value of the rollup fields immediately after a policy is created.

What should you do?

A. Create new calculated fields on the customer entity for insurance exposure and risk. Configure the formula to calculate the sum of values from policy records.
B. Create a plug-in that uses the update method for the rollup field. Configure a step on the Create event for the policy entity for this plug-in.
C. Create new fields on the customer entity for insurance exposure and risk. Write a plug-in that is triggered whenever a new policy is created.
D. Create new fields on the customer entity for insurance exposure and risk. Write a workflow process that is triggered when a new policy record is created to calculate the sum of values from policy records.

Answer : C

Question 167 ( Question Set 4 )


HOTSPOT
-

Case study
-

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must
manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about
the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot
return to this section.

To start the case study

-
To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on
the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Background
-

Northwind Traders uses Microsoft Dynamics 365 Sales to manage its sales process. To better understand its customers, Northwind Traders invests in a team of researchers who gather data from multiple sources. The
company stores the data it collects in a Microsoft Azure SQL Database. The company plans to use the data to enrich account records and make the sales team more effective.

Current environment
-

Environment
-

• The company has three Microsoft Power Platform environments with Dynamics 365 Sales installed. The environments are named development, test, and production.
• Each environment has an application user that can be used for integrations.
• The company must use solutions to perform all customization and configuration deployment.

Data
-

• Researchers are responsible for creating account records.

• Researchers have permissions on the Account table to create records, read all records, and update records they own.
• A synchronous plug-in runs when an account record is created and could reassign the record to a different user.
• Users must access data as themselves to enforce security and audit changes.
• A column named new_dataid is added to the Account table. The column uniquely identifies which data it should receive.
• Researchers have researched only the top 20 percent of account records.

Web API
-

• The company creates an Azure Function to run a RESTful .NET Web API.
• Data can be retrieved by placing a GET request to the URL https://dataservice-[ENVIRONMENTNAME].azurewebsites.net/enrich/[DATAID].
• [ENVIRONMENTNAME] is the name of the Microsoft Power Platform environment that requests the data.
• [DATAID] is the new_dataid column in the Account table.
• The Web API response will return a 200 response plus data if the DataId is found. Otherwise, a 404 response is returned.
• Developers plan to create a custom connector from the Web API to make it accessible from Microsoft Power Platform.

Requirements
-

Custom connector
-

• The Web API definition used to create the custom connector must be generated based on a low-code technology.
• The URL used by the custom connector must incorporate the current environment name without hardcoding values.
• Errors generated by the custom connector must not cause downstream processes to fail.
• Text descriptions and field placeholder text that describe the use of the custom connector must appear for non-developers.

Process
-

• All account records must be updated with data from the Web API once automatically.
• Only account records that contain a DataId should be updated by the Web API.
• Researchers must create Power Automate flows to specify data analysis priority.
• The researchers require a process that repurposes a set of identical steps of parameterized Microsoft Dataverse queries from a Power Automate flow for use in other flows that have different parameters. The
researchers want to avoid recreating the steps manually each time they create a flow to save time and avoid errors.

Issues
-

• A tester attempts to connect to the production instance of the Web API with a DataId that should return data. The tester receives an error stating that the remote name could not be resolved.
• A missing component causes an error to occur when importing the solution that contains the Power Automate flow to update account records in a test environment.

You need to configure a Dataverse trigger and action in a Power Automate flow so researchers can update account records with data from the Web API even if they do not have edit privileges on the record.

What should you configure for each trigger and action requirement? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 168 ( Question Set 4 )


A company uses Microsoft Dataverse rollup fields to calculate insurance exposure and risk profiles for customers.

Users report that the system does not update values for the rollup fields when new insurance policies are written.

You need to recalculate the value of the rollup fields immediately after a policy is created.

What should you do?

A. Change the frequency of the Calculate Rollup Field recurring job from every hour to every five minutes.
B. Create new fields on the customer entity for insurance exposure and risk. Write a workflow process that is triggered when a new policy record is created to calculate the sum of values from policy records.
C. Create new fields on the customer entity for insurance exposure and risk. Write a plug-in that is triggered whenever a new policy record is created.
D. Update the Mass Calculate Rollup Field job to trigger when a new policy record is created.

Answer : C

Question 169 ( Question Set 4 )


DRAG DROP
-

You manage a Microsoft Power Automate cloud flow that uses a List rows action to query data from the Accounts table. The Accounts table contains more than 15,000 rows.

You must develop automation that meets the following requirements:

• Manage a large number of records.

• Return information from related contact records.

You need to configure the cloud flow to return the information.

Which properties should you configure? To answer, move the appropriate properties to the correct requirements. You may use each property once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to move the split bar
between panes or scroll to view content.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 170 ( Question Set 4 )


DRAG DROP
-

Case study
-

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must
manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about
the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot
return to this section.

To start the case study

-
To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on
the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Background
-

Northwind Traders uses Microsoft Dynamics 365 Sales to manage its sales process. To better understand its customers, Northwind Traders invests in a team of researchers who gather data from multiple sources. The
company stores the data it collects in a Microsoft Azure SQL Database. The company plans to use the data to enrich account records and make the sales team more effective.

Current environment
-

Environment
-

• The company has three Microsoft Power Platform environments with Dynamics 365 Sales installed. The environments are named development, test, and production.
• Each environment has an application user that can be used for integrations.
• The company must use solutions to perform all customization and configuration deployment.

Data
-

• Researchers are responsible for creating account records.

• Researchers have permissions on the Account table to create records, read all records, and update records they own.
• A synchronous plug-in runs when an account record is created and could reassign the record to a different user.
• Users must access data as themselves to enforce security and audit changes.
• A column named new_dataid is added to the Account table. The column uniquely identifies which data it should receive.
• Researchers have researched only the top 20 percent of account records.
Web API
-

• The company creates an Azure Function to run a RESTful .NET Web API.
• Data can be retrieved by placing a GET request to the URL https://dataservice-[ENVIRONMENTNAME].azurewebsites.net/enrich/[DATAID].
• [ENVIRONMENTNAME] is the name of the Microsoft Power Platform environment that requests the data.
• [DATAID] is the new_dataid column in the Account table.
• The Web API response will return a 200 response plus data if the DataId is found. Otherwise, a 404 response is returned.
• Developers plan to create a custom connector from the Web API to make it accessible from Microsoft Power Platform.

Requirements
-

Custom connector
-

• The Web API definition used to create the custom connector must be generated based on a low-code technology.
• The URL used by the custom connector must incorporate the current environment name without hardcoding values.
• Errors generated by the custom connector must not cause downstream processes to fail.
• Text descriptions and field placeholder text that describe the use of the custom connector must appear for non-developers.

Process
-

• All account records must be updated with data from the Web API once automatically.
• Only account records that contain a DataId should be updated by the Web API.
• Researchers must create Power Automate flows to specify data analysis priority.
• The researchers require a process that repurposes a set of identical steps of parameterized Microsoft Dataverse queries from a Power Automate flow for use in other flows that have different parameters. The
researchers want to avoid recreating the steps manually each time they create a flow to save time and avoid errors.

Issues
-

• A tester attempts to connect to the production instance of the Web API with a DataId that should return data. The tester receives an error stating that the remote name could not be resolved.
• A missing component causes an error to occur when importing the solution that contains the Power Automate flow to update account records in a test environment.

You need to implement a reusable solution to encapsulate the parameterized Dataverse queries.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

Answer :

Question 171 ( Question Set 5 )


A client requires that the system send an email from a button on their customer contact form.
You need to call the action from JavaScript.
Which two functions achieve this result? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Xrm.WebApi.online.executeMultiple()
B. Xrm.WebApi.online.updateRecord()
C. Xrm.WebApi.online.createRecord()
D. Xrm.WebApi.online.execute()

Answer : AD
Xrm.WebApi.online.executeMultiple executes a collection of action, function, or CRUD operations.
Xrm.WebApi.online.execute executes a single action, function, or CRUD operation.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/model-driven-apps/clientapi/reference/xrm-webapi/online/executemultiple https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/model-driven-
apps/clientapi/reference/xrm-webapi/online/execute

Question 172 ( Question Set 5 ) 

A company has two development instances, two test instances, two staging instances, and one production instance.
The test team reports connection issues with the test and staging instances.
You need to identify which of the instances the testing team currently has access.
Which two URLs can you use? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. https://globaldisco.crm.dynamics.com/api/discovery/v9.1/instances
B. https://myorg.api.crm.dynamics.com/api/data/v9.1/
C. https://dev.crm.dynamics.com/api/discovery/v9.1/instances
D. https://disco.crm.dynamics.com/api/discovery/v9.1/
E. https://dev.crm.dynamics.com/api/discovery/v9.1/instances(UniqueName=‫ג‬€™myorg‫ג‬€™)

Answer : CE

Organization information is stored in the Instance entity of the Discovery service. To see the kind of information contained in that entity, send an HTTP GET request to the service for one of your instances.
GET https://dev.{servername}/api/discovery/v9.0/Instances(UniqueName='myorg')
Example: Get the details of a specific instance. If you leave out the GUID, all instances that the authenticated user has access to are returned.
GET https://dev.{servername}/api/discovery/v9.0/Instances(<guid>)
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/customerengagement/on-premises/developer/webapi/discover-url-organization-web-api

Question 173 ( Question Set 5 )


You are a Dynamics 365 developer working on a model-driven app.
You add a button to an entity form and to the view for the entity that calls a JavaScript function. When you click the button, it results in an error.
You determine that the JavaScript function is calling another JavaScript function in a different web resource.
You need to resolve the error.
What should you do?

A. In the JavaScript web resource, add the missing web resource as a dependency.
B. Add &ribbondebug=true to the app URL and run the Command Checker tool.
C. From the Ribbon Workbench, add the missing JavaScript web resource as a CustomRule in EnableRules.

Answer : A

Web resource dependencies -

You can define dependencies between other web resources. The primary purpose of this feature is to allow association of String (RESX) web resources with the
JavaScript web resources that will use them. This is also the way that web resources required by HTML web resources for use offline can be configured to also be available offline.
Within a solution you can define dependencies within solution components. Up until Mode-driven Apps the main purpose of these dependencies was to prevent the deletion of a solution component when another
solution component depended on it. With Model-driven apps the behavior for JavaScript web resources is enhanced so that any other web resource listed as a dependency to the JavaScript web resource will be loaded
along with the JavaScript web resource.
Incorrect:
Not B: &ribbondebug=true is used for debugging.
Not C: When configuring ribbon elements, you can define specific rules to control when the ribbon elements are enabled.
Custom Rule uses the <CustomRule> element. Use this kind of rule to call a function in a Script (JScript) web resource that returns a Promise (Unified Interface) or boolean (Unified Interface and web client).
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/developer/model-driven-apps/web-resource-dependencies https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/model-driven-apps/define-ribbon-enable-rules

Question 174 ( Question Set 5 )


A multinational company requires that all phone numbers be standardized as country code + area code + phone number.
The application design team decides that a custom Power Apps component framework (PCF) control should be used to prompt users for an area code and to correctly format the phone number.
You need to get the list of valid area codes when a contact record is opened and before the user enters a new phone number.
In which function should you call webAPI.retrieveMultipleRecords?

A. updateView
B. notifyOutputChanged
C. getOutputs

Answer : A

The updateView method will be called when any value in the property bag has changed. This includes field values, data-sets, global values such as container height and width, offline status, component metadata values
such as label, visible, etc.
Note: webAPI.retrieveMultipleRecords retrieves a collection of entity records.
Incorrect Answers:
notifyOutputChanged is a callback method to alert the framework that the control has new outputs ready to be retrieved asynchronously. getOutputs is called by the framework prior to a component receiving the new
data. Returns an object based on nomenclature defined in manifest, expecting objects[s] for the property marked as bound.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/component-framework/reference/control/updateview https://www.inogic.com/blog/2021/01/what-is-popupservice-in-powerapps-component-framework/

Question 175 ( Question Set 5 )


HOTSPOT -
You are examining code written by another developer that is not functioning correctly. There are no other JavaScript or business rules in use on the form.
This code is properly registered to the OnChange event of the telephone1 field on an account entity form. The main operation is to update the primary contact's phone number when the account phone number
changes. The primary contact field is a lookup. (Line numbers are included for reference only.)
For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: Yes -
getFormTyp gets the form type for the record.
Form type 2 is Update.
Note: Syntax: formContext.ui.getFormType();

Return Value -

Type: Number -
Description: Form type. Returns one of the following values

RETURN VALUE -

Value Form type -

0 Undefined
1 Create
2 Update
3 Read Only
4 Disabled
6 Bulk Edit

Box 2: Yes -
Xrm.WebApi.updateRecord Return Value: On success, returns a promise object containing the values specified earlier in the description of the successCallback parameter.
Note:
Syntax: Xrm.WebApi.updateRecord(entityLogicalName, id, data).then(successCallback, errorCallback);
Where errorCallback: A function to call when the operation fails. An object with the following properties will be passed: errorCode: Number. The error code. message: String. An error message describing the issue.
Box 3: No -
It will displayed even if the update fails.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/model-driven-apps/clientapi/reference/formcontext-ui/getformtype https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/model-driven-
apps/clientapi/reference/xrm-webapi/updaterecord

Question 176 ( Question Set 5 ) 

HOTSPOT -
You have the following JavaScript function: (Line numbers are included for reference only.)

The Annual Revenue view column is configured to call the function as shown in the Column Properties exhibit. (Click the Change Column Properties tab.)

Users report that the icons that appear in the Active Accounts view are incorrect, as shown in the Active Accounts View exhibit. (Click the Active Accounts View tab.)
You need to determine why the incorrect icons are being displayed.
For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: No -
parseFloat will return 'NaN' if it's not a number (null and undefined are NaNs).

Box 2: No -

Box 3: Yes -
Session.userLCID is the Locale ID for the ASP application.
Reference:
https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/help/229690/how-to-set-the-asp-locale-id-per-the-browser-s-language-settings

Question 177 ( Question Set 5 )


HOTSPOT -
You develop the following JavaScript code for a web resource that will be used in a model-driven app.

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: Yes -

Problem patterns: Web-use-async -

There are multiple ways to interact with the server or request resources. Common approaches that allow for synchronous communications include the following
(These scenarios should be avoided.):
✑ Usage of the XMLHttpRequest object passing in false for the value of the async parameter for the open function call var requestXhr = new XMLHttpRequest();
// Explicitly setting the async parameter to false or supplying a variable with a value of false will force this as a synchronous call. requestXhr.open('GET', '/test/test.txt', false);

Box 2: No -
=== - Strict Equality Comparison is already used in the code.

Box 3: No -
No debugger statement in the code, so web-remove-debug-script (avoid including debug script in non-development environments) does not apply.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/sr-cyrl-rs/powerapps/developer/model-driven-apps/best-practices/business-logic/interact-http-https-resources-asynchronously https://developer.mozilla.org/en-
US/docs/Web/JavaScript/Reference/Operators/Strict_equality

Question 178 ( Question Set 5 )


A company is creating a Power Apps portal to collaborate with vendors.
You need to implement custom functionality in the portal by using JavaScript code.
Which two portal entities can you use? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Web pages
B. Web resources
C. Webforms
D. Entity lists

Answer : CD

C: The Web Form Step record contains a field named Custom JavaScript that can be used to store JavaScript code to allow you to extend or modify the form's visual display or function.
D: You can add custom Javascripts to Entity lists.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/configure/add-custom-javascript https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/portals/configure/entity-lists#add-custom-javascript

Question 179 ( Question Set 5 )


HOTSPOT -
You need to develop a set of Web API's for a company.
What should you implement? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Answer :

Box 1: Functions -
most functions and services that are stateless and do not have side effects.

Box 2: Actions -
Actions can have side effects.

Box 3: Complex types -

Complex types -
Complex types are keyless named structured types consisting of a set of properties. These are value types whose instances cannot be referenced outside of their containing entity. Complex types are commonly used as
property values in an entity or as parameters to operations.
Incorrect:
* An entity type is a named structured type with a key. It defines the named properties and relationships of a table.
* Enumeration types are named primitive types whose values are named constants with underlying integer values.
Type definitions are named primitive types with fixed facet values such as maximum length or precision. Type definitions can be used in place of primitive typed properties, for example, within property definition
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/common-data-service/webapi/use-web-api-actions https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/odata/concepts/data-model#complex-types

Question 180 ( Question Set 5 )


You are developing an app that uses Common Data Service.
You must integrate Common Data Service with a new web application. You must allow the new web application to display data from Common Data Service.
You build a single-page web application using the Web API.
You need to authenticate your app using OAuth.
What should you use?

A. Windows Communication Foundation (WCF)

B. Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS)
C. Microsoft Authentication Library (MSAL)
D. Kerberos authentication

Answer : B

You can create a Single-Page Application (SPA) which uses JavaScript to work with Microsoft Dataverse (Common Data Service) data. To provide this, Cross-
Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) is enabled so that your SPAs can bypass browser restrictions that normally prevent requests that cross domain boundaries.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/developer/data-platform/oauth-cross-origin-resource-sharing-connect-single-page-application

Question 181 ( Question Set 5 ) 

HOTSPOT -
A company has a model-driven app.
A custom button on a form calls a JavaScript function that validates form data fields and creates a web basket. The JavaScript function then displays a message to the user.
Users are located in the United States, which uses ISO Code 1033, and France, which uses ISO Code 1036.
Users in France report that the message displays in English.
You need to modify the RibbonDiffXml file to ensure that messages appear in the user's language.
How should you complete the CommandDefinition node? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: CrmParameter -
In addition to data values, you can retrieve client context information by using <CrmParameter>. You can use the following options as the value for the
CrmParameter element: OrgName, OrgLcid, and UserLcid.

Box 2: UserLcid -
userLCID is the language code of the current user.
Note: A locale is a set of user preference information related to the user's language. The locale determines how dates, times, currencies, and numbers are formatted, how items are alphabetically sorted, and how
strings are compared. The locale identifier (LCID) is a 32-bit value that uniquely defines a locale.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/customerengagement/on-premises/developer/customize-dev/pass-dynamics-365-data-page-parameter-ribbon- actions

Question 182 ( Question Set 5 )


HOTSPOT -
A company has a model-driven app that captures applications from prospective students.
You are asked to create a new re-usable custom component using the Power Apps component framework (PCF).
The custom component must allow entry of a date of birth and validate that the applicant is not a minor.
You create the class AdultDatePicker in the TypeScript file Index.ts and the style sheet DatePicker.css.
You need to define the component to be available only for relevant fields and its properties when used in a form.
How should you complete the manifest? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: AdultDatePicker -
Constructor: Constructor of the code component.

Box 2: DateandTime.DateOnly -
Date Only - No Time zone conversion.
The time portion of the value is always 12:00AM.
The date portion of the value is stored and retrieved as specified in the UI and Web services.

Box 3: bound -
usage: Has two properties, bound and input. Bound properties are bound only to the value of the field. Input properties are either bound to a field or allow a static value.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/component-framework/manifest-schema-reference/manifest https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/component-
framework/implementing-controls-using-typescript https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/maker/data-platform/behavior-format-date-time-field

Question 183 ( Question Set 5 )


DRAG DROP -
An organization has a Dynamics 365 Sales environment.
You need to create a Power Apps component.
Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Step 1: Run pac pcf init ‫ג‬€"namespace ..

This is the first command which creates basic folder structure of PCF control project.
Run the following command to create the control. The format of the control is: pac pcf init ‫ג‬€"namespace <specify your namespace here> ‫ג‬€"name <put component name here> ‫ג‬€"template <component type>
Step 2: Run the npm install command

Install Dependencies -
Once ‫ג‬€˜init‫ג‬€™ sets up the basic folder, as a next step install all the PCF control dependencies using ‫ג‬€˜npm install‫ג‬€™ command.
Example:

Now at this point, there is nothing we have actually created. However, the solution created contains sample PCF control code.
Step 3: Run the following np run build command
Build PCF Component.
Once you implement the PCF component, build the code for any syntax errors.
Syntax:
npm run build

Reference:
https://rajeevpentyala.com/2020/03/21/power-apps-component-framework-pcf-demystify/ https://carldesouza.com/creating-a-custom-component-using-the-
powerapps-component-framework/

Question 184 ( Question Set 5 )


Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than
once correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.
You are developing a model-driven app for a company.
When you create a new Account record, you must automatically display a form to collect data that is needed to create a Contact record. The form must switch to the appropriate form layout based on the contact type.
You open the Contact form by using JavaScript. You pass the contact type information to the form by using the Xrm.Navigation.openForm function. An OnLoad event handler in the Contact form processes the data
and shows only the appropriate sections of the form for the given contact type.
You need to configure the receiving form to accept the data parameter.
Solution: In the form editor, add an event handler for the data parameter.
Does the solution meet the goal?
A. Yes
B. No

Answer : B

By default, model-driven apps allows a specified set of query string parameters to be passed to a form. You use these parameters to set default values when you create a new record in the application. Each parameter
must use a standard naming convention that includes a reference to the column logical name.
There are two ways to specify which query string parameters will be accepted by the form:
✑ Edit form properties
✑ Edit form XML
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/model-driven-apps/configure-form-accept-custom-querystring-parameters

Question 185 ( Question Set 5 )


Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than
once correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.
You are developing a model-driven app for a company.
When you create a new Account record, you must automatically display a form to collect data that is needed to create a Contact record. The form must switch to the appropriate form layout based on the contact type.
You open the Contact form by using JavaScript. You pass the contact type information to the form by using the Xrm.Navigation.openForm function. An OnLoad event handler in the Contact form processes the data
and shows only the appropriate sections of the form for the given contact type.
You need to configure the receiving form to accept the data parameter.
Solution: In the form editor, add a web resource that sets formContext.data.attributes.
Does the solution meet the goal?

A. Yes
B. No

Answer : B

By default, model-driven apps allows a specified set of query string parameters to be passed to a form. You use these parameters to set default values when you create a new record in the application. Each parameter
must use a standard naming convention that includes a reference to the column logical name.
There are two ways to specify which query string parameters will be accepted by the form:
✑ Edit form properties
✑ Edit form XML
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/model-driven-apps/configure-form-accept-custom-querystring-parameters

Question 186 ( Question Set 5 )


You are creating a model-driven app.
A JavaScript function must be manually initiated by the user from within an entity form.
You need to add a button to the form to run the JavaScript.
What should you do?

A. Use the Ribbon Workbench.

B. Edit the SiteMap.
C. Edit the XML for the form.
D. Edit ISV.Config.
E. Export the ribbon definitions.

Answer : A

How to add JavaScript to existing button in Ribbon WorkBench.

Open Ribbon workbench and Right click on Assign button from Account form and click on Customize Button. Add Enable rule and call Javascript function.
Note: An Entity Form is a way to show a form in your Dynamics 365 Portal to allow your users to enter data.
You can use the Ribbon workbench for Dynamics 365 to add a custom button on entity form in Account with JavaScript action.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/model-driven-apps/customize-commands-ribbon https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/customer-service/configure-link-to-conversation-model-
driven-app-form

Question 187 ( Question Set 5 ) 

HOTSPOT -
You need to complete a Power Apps component framework (PCF) control.
How should you define the order in the manifest? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: 1 -
The css order element is the order in which the CSS files should load.

Box 2: 1 -
The html order element is the order in which the HTML files should load.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/component-framework/manifest-schema-reference/css https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/component-framework/manifest-schema-
reference/html

Question 188 ( Question Set 5 )


HOTSPOT -
You are developing a business process flow.
JavaScript must be used to implement additional business logic in the business process flow.
You need to evaluate the JavaScript code.
What is the result of running each code segment? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: Hides the control in the body of the form.

The Client API form context (formContext) provides a reference to the form or to an item on the form, such as, a quick view control or a row in an editable grid, against which the current code is executed. setVisible
sets a value that indicates whether the control is visible.
Box 2: Add an event handler to enable a function named TestFunction to run when the business process flow stage changes. addOnStageChange adds a function as an event handler for the OnStageChange event so
that it will be called when the business process flow stage changes.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/model-driven-apps/clientapi/clientapi-form-context https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/model-driven-
apps/clientapi/reference/formcontext-data-process/eventhandlers/addonstagechange

Question 189 ( Question Set 5 )


You are creating a canvas app for a bank. Consumers will enter information into the app when they apply for a loan.
The input form for the app must display fields to prompt the consumer for their first name, last name, address, and the requested loan amount.
Immediately after a consumer enters a value for the LoanAmount field, the background color for the column must change. The background color for the column must change to red if a consumer enters a value of more
than $5,000 and must turn green for values less than or equal to $5,000.
You need to implement the required behavior.
Which option should you use?

A. Create a Power Automate flow.

B. Configure field properties.
C. Add a business rule to the form.
D. Add a formula to the LoanAmount field.

Answer : D

Conditional formatting in Power Apps can be done with formulas.

Reference:
https://powerapps.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/conditional-formatting-in-powerapps/

Question 190 ( Question Set 5 )


HOTSPOT -
A company has a canvas app that has a screen with a gallery of contacts.
Users must be able to search the gallery by last name, email address, and country/region. They must also be able to sort by last name, followed by country/region.
You need to define the expression that meets the requirements.
How should you complete the expression? To answer, select the appropriate options from the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: SortByColums -
The SortByColumns function can be used to sort a table based on one or more columns.
The parameter list for SortByColumns provides the names of the columns to sort by and the sort direction per column. Sorting is performed in the order of the parameters (sorted first by the first column, then the
second, and so on).

Box 2: Filter -
The Filter function finds records in a table that satisfy a formula. Use Filter to find a set of records that match one or more criteria and to discard those that don't.
Incorrect Answers:
✑ Lookup: The LookUp function finds the first record in a table that satisfies a formula. Use LookUp to find a single record that matches one or more criteria.
✑ Search: Search function uses a single string to match instead of a formula.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/functions/function-sort

Question 191 ( Question Set 5 ) 

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than
once correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.
You are developing a model-driven app for a company.
When you create a new Account record, you must automatically display a form to collect data that is needed to create a Contact record. The form must switch to the appropriate form layout based on the contact type.
You open the Contact form by using JavaScript. You pass the contact type information to the form by using the Xrm.Navigation.openForm function. An OnLoad event handler in the Contact form processes the data
and shows only the appropriate sections of the form for the given contact type.
You need to configure the receiving form to accept the data parameter.
Solution: In the form editor, add a query string parameter for the data parameter.
Does the solution meet the goal?

A. Yes
B. No

Answer : A

By default, model-driven apps allows a specified set of query string parameters to be passed to a form. You use these parameters to set default values when you create a new record in the application. Each parameter
must use a standard naming convention that includes a reference to the column logical name.
There are two ways to specify which query string parameters will be accepted by the form:
✑ Edit form properties
✑ Edit form XML
When you edit a form, on the Home tab in the Form group, select Form Properties. In the Form Properties dialog box, select the Parameters tab.
Use this tab to modify the names and data types that the form allows.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/model-driven-apps/configure-form-accept-custom-querystring-parameters

Question 192 ( Question Set 5 )


Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than
once correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.
You are developing a model-driven app for a company.
When you create a new Account record, you must automatically display a form to collect data that is needed to create a Contact record. The form must switch to the appropriate form layout based on the contact type.
You open the Contact form by using JavaScript. You pass the contact type information to the form by using the Xrm.Navigation.openForm function. An OnLoad event handler in the Contact form processes the data
and shows only the appropriate sections of the form for the given contact type.
You need to configure the receiving form to accept the data parameter.
Solution: Export the solution, edit the customizations.xml, and add a querystringparameter element to the XML.
Does the solution meet the goal?

A. Yes
B. No

Answer : A

Within the exported solution customizations.xml file, immediately following the footer element, you can add a <formparameters> element. In the <formparameters> element, add <querystringparameter> elements
to specify which parameters will be allowed.
Note: By default, model-driven apps allows a specified set of query string parameters to be passed to a form. You use these parameters to set default values when you create a new record in the application. Each
parameter must use a standard naming convention that includes a reference to the column logical name.
There are two ways to specify which query string parameters will be accepted by the form:
✑ Edit form properties
✑ Edit form XML
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/model-driven-apps/configure-form-accept-custom-querystring-parameters

Question 193 ( Question Set 5 )


DRAG DROP -
You are developing a new Power Apps Component Framework (PCF) control.
The control must be deployed to a development environment by using the Power Apps CLI and a new solution.
You need to deploy the PCF control.
Which four actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move all actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:
Answer :

Step 1: Create a solution -

Create a new solutions project using the following command. The solution project is used for bundling the code component into a solution zip file that is used for importing into Dataverse. pac solution init --publisher-
name developer --publisher-prefix dev
Step 2: Add a solution reference to the project
Once the new solution project is created, refer the Solutions folder to the location where the created sample component is located. You can add the reference using the command shown below. This reference informs
the solution project about which code components should be added during the build. You can add references to multiple components in a single solution project. pac solution add-reference --path
c:\downloads\mysamplecomponent
Step 3: Build the project and solution
To generate a zip file from the solution project, go into your solution project directory and build the project using the following command. msbuild /t:build /restore

Step 4: Deploy the solution -

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/component-framework/import-custom-controls

Question 194 ( Question Set 5 )


DRAG DROP -
You create solutions in a development environment and export the solution for testing by various departments in your organization. Power users in each department control the testing environments.
You must display department-specific wording at the beginning of any custom notifications that are displayed in testing environments.
You need to package solutions to ensure that the power users can customize the notification content.
Which three actions should you perform in sequence inside a solution? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:
Answer :

Step 1: Create an empty environment variable named Custom Text Placeholder.

Applications often require different configuration settings or input parameters when deployed to different environments. Environment variables store the parameter keys and values, which then serve as input to
various other application objects. Separating the parameters from the consuming objects allows you to change the values within the same environment or when you migrate solutions to other environments.
Step 2: Create a function to retrieve the value from the custom text placeholder and display the notification.

Step 3: Export the solution -

You can manually export solutions. Microsoft recommends that you create an unmanaged solution to use for exporting your customizations, and then export your customizations periodically so that you have a backup
in case anything happens.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/data-platform/environmentvariables https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/data-platform/export-solutions

Question 195 ( Question Set 5 ) 

HOTSPOT -
You need to use the Dynamics 365 Sales Web API to retrieve metadata information.
How should you complete the Web API queries? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Answer :

Entity: LogicalName -
Querying the EntityMetadata entity type:
GET [Organization URI]/api/data/v9.0/EntityDefinitions(LogicalName='account')

Attribute: LogicalName -
Retrieving attributes:
GET [Organization URI]/api/data/v9.0/EntityDefinitions(LogicalName='account')/Attributes(

Relationship: SchemaName -
Querying relationship metadata:
Entity relationships can also be queried using the RelationshipDefinitions entity set. You can use a query like the following to get the SchemaName property for every relationship.
GET [Organization URI]/api/data/v9.0/RelationshipDefinitions?$select=SchemaName

Global Option Set: Name -

Querying Global OptionSets:
GET /api/data/v9.0/GlobalOptionSetDefinitions(Name='metric_goaltype')
Note: Retrieving items by name is generally easier because you probably already have some reference to the metadata item name in your code. The following table lists the alternate key properties for retrieving
metadata items by name.

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/webapi/query-metadata-web-api

Question 196 ( Question Set 5 )


You are creating a custom connector in Power Apps to connect to a third-party application.
The definition in the connector must be set so that it is not visible to the end user.
You need to select the appropriate visibility parameter.
Which parameter should you use?

A. important
B. none
C. internal
D. advanced

Answer : C

Leave the Visibility property set to none. This property for operations and parameters in a logic app or flow has the following options:
✑ none: displayed normally in the logic app or flow
✑ advanced: hidden under an additional menu
✑ internal: hidden from the user
✑ important: always shown to the user first
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/connectors/custom-connectors/define-blank

Question 197 ( Question Set 5 ) 

HOTSPOT -
A model-driven app has the following JavaScript code. The code is attached to the OnChange event of the Phone (telephone1) field on the Account entity.

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: Yes -
Xrm.WebApi.updateRecord updates a table record.
Syntax:
Xrm.WebApi.updateRecord(entityLogicalName, id, data).then(successCallback, errorCallback);

Box 2: Yes -

Box 3: No -
No action would be taken.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/model-driven-apps/clientapi/reference/xrm-webapi/updaterecord

Question 198 ( Question Set 5 )


HOTSPOT -
A JavaScript function on a Contact form alerts users to what they need to type, as shown in the JavaScript Code exhibit. (Click the JavaScript Code tab.)

The Business Phone field has the OnChange event handler defined as shown in the Event Handler exhibit. (Click the Event Handler tab.)

Users report that there is incorrect wording on the Contact page, as shown in the Contact exhibit. (Click the Contact tab.)
You need to determine what happens when a user modifies the business phone of a contact record.
For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Answer :

Box 1: Yes -
setNotification displays an error message for the control to indicate that data isn‫ג‬€™t valid. When this method is used, a red "X" icon appears next to the control. On
Dynamics 365 mobile clients, tapping on the icon will display the message.
Syntax: formContext.getControl(arg).setNotification(message,uniqueId);

Box 2: No -

Box 3: Yes -
setFormNotification displays form level notifications. You can display any number of notifications and they will be displayed until they are removed using clearFormNotification.
Syntax: formContext.ui.setFormNotification(message, level, uniqueId);

Box 4: No -
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/model-driven-apps/clientapi/reference/formcontext-ui/setformnotification https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/model-driven-
apps/clientapi/reference/controls/setnotification

Question 199 ( Question Set 5 )


You are developing a Power Apps app to manage records in the Account table in Microsoft Dataverse.
You must configure a Web API request to retrieve changes from the table.
You need to configure the preference header for the API request.
What should you include in the request header?

A. odata.context
B. odata.deltaLink
C. odata.track-changes
D. odata.nextLink

Answer : B

The @odata.deltaLink Uri returned from the below example can be used to fetch changes in tables. In this example a new account was created and an existing account deleted. The delta link returned from the
previous request fetches these changes, as shown in the example below.
{
"@odata.context":"[Organization URI]/api/data/v9.0/$metadata#accounts(name,accountnumber,telephone1,fax)",
"@odata.deltaLink": "[Organization URI]/api/data/v9.0/accounts?$select=name,accountnumber,telephone1,fax&$deltatoken=919042%2108%2f22%2f2017%
2008%3a10%3a44",
"value":[
{
"@odata.etag":"W/\"915244\"",
"name":"Monte Orton",
"accountnumber":null,
"telephone1":"555000",
"fax":"10101",
"accountid":"60c4e274-0d87-e711-80e5-00155db19e6d"
}
]
}
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/developer/data-platform/use-change-tracking-synchronize-data-external-systems

Question 200 ( Question Set 5 )


You are creating a Power Apps Component Framework (PCF) component.
You add the following markup to the component manifest. (Line numbers are included for reference only.)
You need to complete the component manifest.
Which XML markup segment should you insert at line 03?
A. <control DisplayNameKey="PowerContoso" constructor="CtlProducts" version="0.0.10" display-name-key="CtlProducts" description-key="CtlProducts" control-type="standard">
B. <control namespace="PowerContoso" constructor="CtlProducts" version="0.0.10" display-name-key="CtlProducts" description-key="CtlProducts" control- type="standard">
C. <control code="PowerContoso" constructor="CtlProducts" version="0.0.10" display-name-key="CtlProducts" description-key="CtlProducts" control- type="standard">
D. <control name="PowerContoso" constructor="CtlProducts" version="0.0.10" display-name-key="CtlProducts" description-key="CtlProducts" control- type="standard">
E. <control _value="PowerContoso" constructor="CtlProducts" version="0.0.10" display-name-key="CtlProducts" description-key="CtlProducts" control- type="standard">

Answer : B

The control element defines the component's namespace, version and display information.
Example:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<manifest>
<control namespace="MyNameSpace" constructor="JSHelloWorldControl" version="1.0.0" display-name-key="JS_HelloWorldControl_Display_Key" description- key="JS_HelloWorldControl_Desc_Key" control-
type="standard">
<property name="myFirstProperty" display-name-key="myFirstProperty_Display_Key" description-key="myFirstProperty_Desc_Key" of-type="SingleLine.Text" usage="bound" required="true" />
<resources>
<code path="JS_HelloWorldControl.js" order="1" />
<css path="css/JS_HelloWorldControl.css" order="1" />
</resources>
</control>
</manifest>
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/developer/component-framework/manifest-schema-reference/manifest

Question 201 ( Question Set 5 )


You are creating a model-driven app. You create JavaScript code to display a message when a record is saved.

You need to configure the associated JavaScript web resource name when adding the event handler to the form.

Which field should you use?

A. Event Type
B. Component
C. Function
D. Library

Answer : D

Question 202 ( Question Set 5 )


HOTSPOT
-

The planning department for municipal government wants to survey the land in town and define new property lines. You define a data model for the surveys.

Surveyors and other department employees need a phone app to capture survey data.

You need to define a Power Apps component framework (PCF) component to be used across multiple functional areas.

How should you complete the PCF control manifest? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 203 ( Question Set 5 )


DRAG DROP
-

You are developing an inventory tracking component for a warehouse. You plan to use the component with a Power Apps app.

Truck drivers will use tablet devices to confirm their cargo manifest. Warehouse employees will use their phones to pick and fulfill orders. The phone-based version must run in a Power Apps runtime container.

You need to create a single Power Apps component that can be used on both tablet devices and phones.

How should you complete the code segment? To answer, drag the appropriate code segments to the correct locations. Each code segment may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split
bar between panes or scroll to view content.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 204 ( Question Set 5 )


A company is creating a Power Apps portal to collaborate with vendors.

You need to implement custom functionality in the portal by using JavaScript code.

Which two portal entities can you use? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Web pages
B. Web resources
C. Web roles
D. Entity lists

Answer : AD

Question 205 ( Question Set 5 )


HOTSPOT
-

You have the following code registered on the OnChange event of the parentcustomerid column on a contact table form. The parentcustomerid field is a lookup which can be an account or a contact record.

Line numbering is provided for information only.

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 206 ( Question Set 5 )


HOTSPOT
-

You are creating an app for a school.

You need to implement client-side logic that uses the Microsoft Dataverse web API to evaluate the class type associated with a class record. The code must hide the School Schedule tab if no value is entered for Class
Type.

How should you complete the code? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 207 ( Question Set 5 )


HOTSPOT
-

Case Study
-

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must
manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about
the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot
return to this section.

To start the case study

-
To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Background
-

Proseware, Inc. is an industry leading software company with several thousand employees. The company has had some trouble recruiting talented employees. Top-level candidates interview with the company but go
on to work for competitors.

Feedback from candidates show that some offers were not accepted because the interview scheduling process was unpleasant. The company does not have a system to keep track of the candidates that were not
selected.

Current Environment
-

The recruiting process starts when an individual applies for a position on the company website. The individual may have found the position on their own, they may have been officially referred by an employee, or in
some cases were contacted directly by a hiring manager and encouraged to apply.

Recruiters schedule an interview with a hiring manager and interviews with two senior team members. Each interview results in feedback about the candidate and a recommendation whether to hire or not.

The recruiting team manages all information by using a model-driven application.

The company has the following Microsoft Dataverse tables and columns:

• JobPosting
- Hiring Manager - lookup to SystemUser
- Recruiter Assigned - lookup to SystemUser
• Contact (Job Applicant)
- Contact identifier
- First name
- Last name
- Time-Zone Offset
- Person of Interest - Yes/No (default)
• Application proapplication
- Contact identifier, Contact - lookup to Contact
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
- pro_recruiterassignedid
• Interview
- Application - lookup to Application
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
- Recommend - Choice (Yes (0), No (1), and null (default) are the available values)
- Person of Interest - Yes/No, No is the default value
• Referral
- Contact - lookup to Contact
- Referrer - lookup to SystemUser
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
• SystemUser
- Manager - lookup to SystemUser
- Time-Zone Offset
• Recruiter
- Recruiter identifier
- Recruiter name

Applications
-
There may be multiple applications associated with each job posting. Applications are linked to an employee record if an employee referred the applicant for a position. The same individual can be an applicant for
multiple job postings.

Interviews
-
Each interview is performed by an employee and is related to a single application.

The interview scheduling process may force potential candidates to accept interviews at unusual times with the senior team members due to time-zone differences.

Requirements. Interview Scheduling

The system must provide recruiters with a list of team members and their time-zone information. You must create a Microsoft Power Apps Component Framework (PCF) control for the Job Application form to display
a list of senior team members who report directly to a hiring manager.

• The control must display the current time in each team member's local time.
• The control must be bound so that it minimizes the amount of code that must be written.
• You must display the list of team members and sort the list to show team members who reside in time zones closest to the applicant's time zone first.

You must develop a second PCF control that displays the time-zone name and current time on the Job Application form. You must display the data in the candidate’s local time.

Requirements. Historical Information Tracking

You must create a process to identify individuals as a person of interest that the company should consider hiring. You must assign each individual a score based on their past interactions.

• You must be able to determine the following information about a candidate:

- The number of interviews in the past two years and whether team members provided recommendations
- The number of hiring manager referrals and employee referrals in the past two years
- Whether the individual has any of the 12 designations or certifications that the company considers significant
• Only a single referral can be made per job application. The system must be able to support multiple referrals for a candidate.
• The system must track referrals even if an application is not completed.

Requirements. Historical Information Scoring

The automated process must run weekly to assess all candidates. The process must also run automatically when historical information is updated. You must be able to perform scoring by selecting a command button
on the contact form.

• This new command button must only be visible to employees who belong to a security role assigned named Recruiter. The command button must not be visible to anyone unless the contact form is in Update mode.
• A person of interest is defined as having a score of 15 or more based on the following historical information criteria:
- Each interview with a recommendation adds two to the score.
- Each interview without a recommendation subtracts two from the score.
- Each employee or manager referral adds one to the score.
- Each designation or certification adds one to the score.
• All scoring elements must be recalculated when changes occur. You must assign the score to the Person of interest field.
• Values representing totals or scores must be stored in their own numeric fields.
• Plug-ins must be used to keep the Person of Interest field on active interview records associated with the Contact.
• Plug-ins registered on the update of the Person of interest field must send an email notification when the candidate named in the email is a person of interest. Recruiters must receive the message when the field is
updated on the Contact record.
• Interviewers must get an email notification when the Person of Interest field on the interview record is successfully updated.

Requirements. Design Guidelines

The following design guidelines must be followed:

• Schema changes must be made using the method requiring the least amount of storage to meet the requirement.
• Out-of-the-box functionality must be used when possible.
• Any code required to calculate scores must be able to be run from a single point.
• Email notifications need to be kept to a minimum.

Issues
-

• Recruiters report that the command button to score a candidate is not working. You debug the code and observe that the context input parameter is null.
• The system does not support associating designations and certifications with candidates.
• The value for the field used by the PCF control to display local time is saved to Microsoft Dataverse each time an active application record is opened.
• Interviewers report that they do not receive email notifications when interview records are created for an existing person of interest.

You need to configure elements in the manifest for the PCF control used to display local time.

Which values should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 208 ( Question Set 5 )


Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must
manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about
the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot
return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Background -
Proseware, Inc. is an industry leading software company with several thousand employees. The company has had some trouble recruiting talented employees. Top-level candidates interview with the company but go
on to work for competitors.

Feedback from candidates show that some offers were not accepted because the interview scheduling process was unpleasant. The company does not have a system to keep track of the candidates that were not
selected.

Current Environment -

The recruiting process starts when an individual applies for a position on the company website. The individual may have found the position on their own, they may have been officially referred by an employee, or in
some cases were contacted directly by a hiring manager and encouraged to apply.

Recruiters schedule an interview with a hiring manager and interviews with two senior team members. Each interview results in feedback about the candidate and a recommendation whether to hire or not.

The recruiting team manages all information by using a model-driven application.

The company has the following Microsoft Dataverse tables and columns:

• JobPosting
- Hiring Manager - lookup to SystemUser
- Recruiter Assigned - lookup to SystemUser
• Contact (Job Applicant)
- Contact identifier
- First name
- Last name
- Time-Zone Offset
- Person of Interest - Yes/No (default)
• Application proapplication
- Contact identifier, Contact - lookup to Contact
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
- pro_recruiterassignedid
• Interview
- Application - lookup to Application
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
- Recommend - Choice (Yes (0), No (1), and null (default) are the available values)
- Person of Interest - Yes/No, No is the default value
• Referral
- Contact - lookup to Contact
- Referrer - lookup to SystemUser
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
• SystemUser
- Manager - lookup to SystemUser
- Time-Zone Offset
• Recruiter
- Recruiter identifier
- Recruiter name

Applications -
There may be multiple applications associated with each job posting. Applications are linked to an employee record if an employee referred the applicant for a position. The same individual can be an applicant for
multiple job postings.

Interviews -
Each interview is performed by an employee and is related to a single application.

The interview scheduling process may force potential candidates to accept interviews at unusual times with the senior team members due to time-zone differences.

Requirements. Interview Scheduling

The system must provide recruiters with a list of team members and their time-zone information. You must create a Microsoft Power Apps Component Framework (PCF) control for the Job Application form to display
a list of senior team members who report directly to a hiring manager.

• The control must display the current time in each team member's local time.
• The control must be bound so that it minimizes the amount of code that must be written.
• You must display the list of team members and sort the list to show team members who reside in time zones closest to the applicant's time zone first.

You must develop a second PCF control that displays the time-zone name and current time on the Job Application form. You must display the data in the candidate’s local time.

Requirements. Historical Information Tracking

You must create a process to identify individuals as a person of interest that the company should consider hiring. You must assign each individual a score based on their past interactions.

• You must be able to determine the following information about a candidate:

- The number of interviews in the past two years and whether team members provided recommendations
- The number of hiring manager referrals and employee referrals in the past two years
- Whether the individual has any of the 12 designations or certifications that the company considers significant
• Only a single referral can be made per job application. The system must be able to support multiple referrals for a candidate.
• The system must track referrals even if an application is not completed.

Requirements. Historical Information Scoring

The automated process must run weekly to assess all candidates. The process must also run automatically when historical information is updated. You must be able to perform scoring by selecting a command button
on the contact form.

• This new command button must only be visible to employees who belong to a security role assigned named Recruiter. The command button must not be visible to anyone unless the contact form is in Update mode.
• A person of interest is defined as having a score of 15 or more based on the following historical information criteria:
- Each interview with a recommendation adds two to the score.
- Each interview without a recommendation subtracts two from the score.
- Each employee or manager referral adds one to the score.
- Each designation or certification adds one to the score.
• All scoring elements must be recalculated when changes occur. You must assign the score to the Person of interest field.
• Values representing totals or scores must be stored in their own numeric fields.
• Plug-ins must be used to keep the Person of Interest field on active interview records associated with the Contact.
• Plug-ins registered on the update of the Person of interest field must send an email notification when the candidate named in the email is a person of interest. Recruiters must receive the message when the field is
updated on the Contact record.
• Interviewers must get an email notification when the Person of Interest field on the interview record is successfully updated.

Requirements. Design Guidelines -

The following design guidelines must be followed:

• Schema changes must be made using the method requiring the least amount of storage to meet the requirement.
• Out-of-the-box functionality must be used when possible.
• Any code required to calculate scores must be able to be run from a single point.
• Email notifications need to be kept to a minimum.
Issues -

• Recruiters report that the command button to score a candidate is not working. You debug the code and observe that the context input parameter is null.
• The system does not support associating designations and certifications with candidates.
• The value for the field used by the PCF control to display local time is saved to Microsoft Dataverse each time an active application record is opened.
• Interviewers report that they do not receive email notifications when interview records are created for an existing person of interest.

You need to resolve the issue with the new command button.

What should you do?

A. Pass ExecutionContext to the function in the action definition.
B. Pass the value SelectedControl to the function in the action definition.
C. Select the Pass execution context as first parameter option on the event registration form.
D. Pass the value PrimaryControl to the function in the action definition.

Answer : C

Question 209 ( Question Set 5 ) 

HOTSPOT
-

Case Study
-

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must
manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about
the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot
return to this section.

To start the case study

-
To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Background
-

Proseware, Inc. is an industry leading software company with several thousand employees. The company has had some trouble recruiting talented employees. Top-level candidates interview with the company but go
on to work for competitors.

Feedback from candidates show that some offers were not accepted because the interview scheduling process was unpleasant. The company does not have a system to keep track of the candidates that were not
selected.

Current Environment
-

The recruiting process starts when an individual applies for a position on the company website. The individual may have found the position on their own, they may have been officially referred by an employee, or in
some cases were contacted directly by a hiring manager and encouraged to apply.

Recruiters schedule an interview with a hiring manager and interviews with two senior team members. Each interview results in feedback about the candidate and a recommendation whether to hire or not.

The recruiting team manages all information by using a model-driven application.

The company has the following Microsoft Dataverse tables and columns:

• JobPosting
- Hiring Manager - lookup to SystemUser
- Recruiter Assigned - lookup to SystemUser
• Contact (Job Applicant)
- Contact identifier
- First name
- Last name
- Time-Zone Offset
- Person of Interest - Yes/No (default)
• Application proapplication
- Contact identifier, Contact - lookup to Contact
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
- pro_recruiterassignedid
• Interview
- Application - lookup to Application
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
- Recommend - Choice (Yes (0), No (1), and null (default) are the available values)
- Person of Interest - Yes/No, No is the default value
• Referral
- Contact - lookup to Contact
- Referrer - lookup to SystemUser
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
• SystemUser
- Manager - lookup to SystemUser
- Time-Zone Offset
• Recruiter
- Recruiter identifier
- Recruiter name

Applications
-
There may be multiple applications associated with each job posting. Applications are linked to an employee record if an employee referred the applicant for a position. The same individual can be an applicant for
multiple job postings.
Interviews
-
Each interview is performed by an employee and is related to a single application.

The interview scheduling process may force potential candidates to accept interviews at unusual times with the senior team members due to time-zone differences.

Requirements. Interview Scheduling

The system must provide recruiters with a list of team members and their time-zone information. You must create a Microsoft Power Apps Component Framework (PCF) control for the Job Application form to display
a list of senior team members who report directly to a hiring manager.

• The control must display the current time in each team member's local time.
• The control must be bound so that it minimizes the amount of code that must be written.
• You must display the list of team members and sort the list to show team members who reside in time zones closest to the applicant's time zone first.

You must develop a second PCF control that displays the time-zone name and current time on the Job Application form. You must display the data in the candidate’s local time.

Requirements. Historical Information Tracking

You must create a process to identify individuals as a person of interest that the company should consider hiring. You must assign each individual a score based on their past interactions.

• You must be able to determine the following information about a candidate:

- The number of interviews in the past two years and whether team members provided recommendations
- The number of hiring manager referrals and employee referrals in the past two years
- Whether the individual has any of the 12 designations or certifications that the company considers significant
• Only a single referral can be made per job application. The system must be able to support multiple referrals for a candidate.
• The system must track referrals even if an application is not completed.

Requirements. Historical Information Scoring

The automated process must run weekly to assess all candidates. The process must also run automatically when historical information is updated. You must be able to perform scoring by selecting a command button
on the contact form.

• This new command button must only be visible to employees who belong to a security role assigned named Recruiter. The command button must not be visible to anyone unless the contact form is in Update mode.
• A person of interest is defined as having a score of 15 or more based on the following historical information criteria:
- Each interview with a recommendation adds two to the score.
- Each interview without a recommendation subtracts two from the score.
- Each employee or manager referral adds one to the score.
- Each designation or certification adds one to the score.
• All scoring elements must be recalculated when changes occur. You must assign the score to the Person of interest field.
• Values representing totals or scores must be stored in their own numeric fields.
• Plug-ins must be used to keep the Person of Interest field on active interview records associated with the Contact.
• Plug-ins registered on the update of the Person of interest field must send an email notification when the candidate named in the email is a person of interest. Recruiters must receive the message when the field is
updated on the Contact record.
• Interviewers must get an email notification when the Person of Interest field on the interview record is successfully updated.

Requirements. Design Guidelines

The following design guidelines must be followed:

• Schema changes must be made using the method requiring the least amount of storage to meet the requirement.
• Out-of-the-box functionality must be used when possible.
• Any code required to calculate scores must be able to be run from a single point.
• Email notifications need to be kept to a minimum.

Issues
-

• Recruiters report that the command button to score a candidate is not working. You debug the code and observe that the context input parameter is null.
• The system does not support associating designations and certifications with candidates.
• The value for the field used by the PCF control to display local time is saved to Microsoft Dataverse each time an active application record is opened.
• Interviewers report that they do not receive email notifications when interview records are created for an existing person of interest.

You need to implement ribbon display rules to control availability for the scoring command button.

Which rule types should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 210 ( Question Set 5 )


Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must
manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about
the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot
return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Background -

Proseware, Inc. is an industry leading software company with several thousand employees. The company has had some trouble recruiting talented employees. Top-level candidates interview with the company but go
on to work for competitors.

Feedback from candidates show that some offers were not accepted because the interview scheduling process was unpleasant. The company does not have a system to keep track of the candidates that were not
selected.

Current Environment -

The recruiting process starts when an individual applies for a position on the company website. The individual may have found the position on their own, they may have been officially referred by an employee, or in
some cases were contacted directly by a hiring manager and encouraged to apply.

Recruiters schedule an interview with a hiring manager and interviews with two senior team members. Each interview results in feedback about the candidate and a recommendation whether to hire or not.

The recruiting team manages all information by using a model-driven application.

The company has the following Microsoft Dataverse tables and columns:

• JobPosting
- Hiring Manager - lookup to SystemUser
- Recruiter Assigned - lookup to SystemUser
• Contact (Job Applicant)
- Contact identifier
- First name
- Last name
- Time-Zone Offset
- Person of Interest - Yes/No (default)
• Application proapplication
- Contact identifier, Contact - lookup to Contact
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
- pro_recruiterassignedid
• Interview
- Application - lookup to Application
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
- Recommend - Choice (Yes (0), No (1), and null (default) are the available values)
- Person of Interest - Yes/No, No is the default value
• Referral
- Contact - lookup to Contact
- Referrer - lookup to SystemUser
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
• SystemUser
- Manager - lookup to SystemUser
- Time-Zone Offset
• Recruiter
- Recruiter identifier
- Recruiter name

Applications -
There may be multiple applications associated with each job posting. Applications are linked to an employee record if an employee referred the applicant for a position. The same individual can be an applicant for
multiple job postings.

Interviews -
Each interview is performed by an employee and is related to a single application.

The interview scheduling process may force potential candidates to accept interviews at unusual times with the senior team members due to time-zone differences.

Requirements. Interview Scheduling

The system must provide recruiters with a list of team members and their time-zone information. You must create a Microsoft Power Apps Component Framework (PCF) control for the Job Application form to display
a list of senior team members who report directly to a hiring manager.

• The control must display the current time in each team member's local time.
• The control must be bound so that it minimizes the amount of code that must be written.
• You must display the list of team members and sort the list to show team members who reside in time zones closest to the applicant's time zone first.

You must develop a second PCF control that displays the time-zone name and current time on the Job Application form. You must display the data in the candidate’s local time.

Requirements. Historical Information Tracking

You must create a process to identify individuals as a person of interest that the company should consider hiring. You must assign each individual a score based on their past interactions.

• You must be able to determine the following information about a candidate:

- The number of interviews in the past two years and whether team members provided recommendations
- The number of hiring manager referrals and employee referrals in the past two years
- Whether the individual has any of the 12 designations or certifications that the company considers significant
• Only a single referral can be made per job application. The system must be able to support multiple referrals for a candidate.
• The system must track referrals even if an application is not completed.

Requirements. Historical Information Scoring

The automated process must run weekly to assess all candidates. The process must also run automatically when historical information is updated. You must be able to perform scoring by selecting a command button
on the contact form.

• This new command button must only be visible to employees who belong to a security role assigned named Recruiter. The command button must not be visible to anyone unless the contact form is in Update mode.
• A person of interest is defined as having a score of 15 or more based on the following historical information criteria:
- Each interview with a recommendation adds two to the score.
- Each interview without a recommendation subtracts two from the score.
- Each employee or manager referral adds one to the score.
- Each designation or certification adds one to the score.
• All scoring elements must be recalculated when changes occur. You must assign the score to the Person of interest field.
• Values representing totals or scores must be stored in their own numeric fields.
• Plug-ins must be used to keep the Person of Interest field on active interview records associated with the Contact.
• Plug-ins registered on the update of the Person of interest field must send an email notification when the candidate named in the email is a person of interest. Recruiters must receive the message when the field is
updated on the Contact record.
• Interviewers must get an email notification when the Person of Interest field on the interview record is successfully updated.

Requirements. Design Guidelines -

The following design guidelines must be followed:

• Schema changes must be made using the method requiring the least amount of storage to meet the requirement.
• Out-of-the-box functionality must be used when possible.
• Any code required to calculate scores must be able to be run from a single point.
• Email notifications need to be kept to a minimum.

Issues -

• Recruiters report that the command button to score a candidate is not working. You debug the code and observe that the context input parameter is null.
• The system does not support associating designations and certifications with candidates.
• The value for the field used by the PCF control to display local time is saved to Microsoft Dataverse each time an active application record is opened.
• Interviewers report that they do not receive email notifications when interview records are created for an existing person of interest.

You need to configure the PCF control to display team members for interview scheduling.

Which two inputs should you use? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. identifier for the hiring manager
B. time-zone offset for the job candidate
C. identifier for the job posting
D. time-zone offset for the hiring manager
E. identifier for the job candidate

Answer : BE

Question 211 ( Question Set 5 )


Case study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must
manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about
the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot
return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on
the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Background -

Northwind Traders uses Microsoft Dynamics 365 Sales to manage its sales process. To better understand its customers, Northwind Traders invests in a team of researchers who gather data from multiple sources. The
company stores the data it collects in a Microsoft Azure SQL Database. The company plans to use the data to enrich account records and make the sales team more effective.

Current environment -

Environment -
• The company has three Microsoft Power Platform environments with Dynamics 365 Sales installed. The environments are named development, test, and production.
• Each environment has an application user that can be used for integrations.
• The company must use solutions to perform all customization and configuration deployment.

Data -

• Researchers are responsible for creating account records.

• Researchers have permissions on the Account table to create records, read all records, and update records they own.
• A synchronous plug-in runs when an account record is created and could reassign the record to a different user.
• Users must access data as themselves to enforce security and audit changes.
• A column named new_dataid is added to the Account table. The column uniquely identifies which data it should receive.
• Researchers have researched only the top 20 percent of account records.

Web API -

• The company creates an Azure Function to run a RESTful .NET Web API.
• Data can be retrieved by placing a GET request to the URL https://dataservice-[ENVIRONMENTNAME].azurewebsites.net/enrich/[DATAID].
• [ENVIRONMENTNAME] is the name of the Microsoft Power Platform environment that requests the data.
• [DATAID] is the new_dataid column in the Account table.
• The Web API response will return a 200 response plus data if the DataId is found. Otherwise, a 404 response is returned.
• Developers plan to create a custom connector from the Web API to make it accessible from Microsoft Power Platform.

Requirements -

Custom connector -

• The Web API definition used to create the custom connector must be generated based on a low-code technology.
• The URL used by the custom connector must incorporate the current environment name without hardcoding values.
• Errors generated by the custom connector must not cause downstream processes to fail.
• Text descriptions and field placeholder text that describe the use of the custom connector must appear for non-developers.

Process -

• All account records must be updated with data from the Web API once automatically.
• Only account records that contain a DataId should be updated by the Web API.
• Researchers must create Power Automate flows to specify data analysis priority.
• The researchers require a process that repurposes a set of identical steps of parameterized Microsoft Dataverse queries from a Power Automate flow for use in other flows that have different parameters. The
researchers want to avoid recreating the steps manually each time they create a flow to save time and avoid errors.

Issues -

• A tester attempts to connect to the production instance of the Web API with a DataId that should return data. The tester receives an error stating that the remote name could not be resolved.
• A missing component causes an error to occur when importing the solution that contains the Power Automate flow to update account records in a test environment.

You need to configure the row filter on the Dataverse trigger.

Which filter should you use?

A. not contains(new_dataid, ")
B. new_dataid eq null
C. DataId ne null
D. new_dataid ne null

Answer : C

Question 212 ( Question Set 5 )


Case study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must
manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about
the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot
return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on
the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Background -

Northwind Traders uses Microsoft Dynamics 365 Sales to manage its sales process. To better understand its customers, Northwind Traders invests in a team of researchers who gather data from multiple sources. The
company stores the data it collects in a Microsoft Azure SQL Database. The company plans to use the data to enrich account records and make the sales team more effective.

Current environment -

Environment -

• The company has three Microsoft Power Platform environments with Dynamics 365 Sales installed. The environments are named development, test, and production.
• Each environment has an application user that can be used for integrations.
• The company must use solutions to perform all customization and configuration deployment.

Data -
• Researchers are responsible for creating account records.
• Researchers have permissions on the Account table to create records, read all records, and update records they own.
• A synchronous plug-in runs when an account record is created and could reassign the record to a different user.
• Users must access data as themselves to enforce security and audit changes.
• A column named new_dataid is added to the Account table. The column uniquely identifies which data it should receive.
• Researchers have researched only the top 20 percent of account records.

Web API -

• The company creates an Azure Function to run a RESTful .NET Web API.
• Data can be retrieved by placing a GET request to the URL https://dataservice-[ENVIRONMENTNAME].azurewebsites.net/enrich/[DATAID].
• [ENVIRONMENTNAME] is the name of the Microsoft Power Platform environment that requests the data.
• [DATAID] is the new_dataid column in the Account table.
• The Web API response will return a 200 response plus data if the DataId is found. Otherwise, a 404 response is returned.
• Developers plan to create a custom connector from the Web API to make it accessible from Microsoft Power Platform.

Requirements -

Custom connector -

• The Web API definition used to create the custom connector must be generated based on a low-code technology.
• The URL used by the custom connector must incorporate the current environment name without hardcoding values.
• Errors generated by the custom connector must not cause downstream processes to fail.
• Text descriptions and field placeholder text that describe the use of the custom connector must appear for non-developers.

Process -

• All account records must be updated with data from the Web API once automatically.
• Only account records that contain a DataId should be updated by the Web API.
• Researchers must create Power Automate flows to specify data analysis priority.
• The researchers require a process that repurposes a set of identical steps of parameterized Microsoft Dataverse queries from a Power Automate flow for use in other flows that have different parameters. The
researchers want to avoid recreating the steps manually each time they create a flow to save time and avoid errors.

Issues -

• A tester attempts to connect to the production instance of the Web API with a DataId that should return data. The tester receives an error stating that the remote name could not be resolved.
• A missing component causes an error to occur when importing the solution that contains the Power Automate flow to update account records in a test environment.

You need to ensure data returned from the Web API corresponds to the correct environment.

What should you use?

A. system settings
B. plug-in secure configurations
C. records in a new configuration table
D. environment variables

Answer : D

Question 213 ( Question Set 5 )


DRAG DROP
-

Case study
-

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must
manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about
the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot
return to this section.

To start the case study

-
To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on
the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Background
-

Northwind Traders uses Microsoft Dynamics 365 Sales to manage its sales process. To better understand its customers, Northwind Traders invests in a team of researchers who gather data from multiple sources. The
company stores the data it collects in a Microsoft Azure SQL Database. The company plans to use the data to enrich account records and make the sales team more effective.

Current environment
-

Environment
-

• The company has three Microsoft Power Platform environments with Dynamics 365 Sales installed. The environments are named development, test, and production.
• Each environment has an application user that can be used for integrations.
• The company must use solutions to perform all customization and configuration deployment.

Data
-
• Researchers are responsible for creating account records.
• Researchers have permissions on the Account table to create records, read all records, and update records they own.
• A synchronous plug-in runs when an account record is created and could reassign the record to a different user.
• Users must access data as themselves to enforce security and audit changes.
• A column named new_dataid is added to the Account table. The column uniquely identifies which data it should receive.
• Researchers have researched only the top 20 percent of account records.

Web API
-

• The company creates an Azure Function to run a RESTful .NET Web API.
• Data can be retrieved by placing a GET request to the URL https://dataservice-[ENVIRONMENTNAME].azurewebsites.net/enrich/[DATAID].
• [ENVIRONMENTNAME] is the name of the Microsoft Power Platform environment that requests the data.
• [DATAID] is the new_dataid column in the Account table.
• The Web API response will return a 200 response plus data if the DataId is found. Otherwise, a 404 response is returned.
• Developers plan to create a custom connector from the Web API to make it accessible from Microsoft Power Platform.

Requirements
-

Custom connector
-

• The Web API definition used to create the custom connector must be generated based on a low-code technology.
• The URL used by the custom connector must incorporate the current environment name without hardcoding values.
• Errors generated by the custom connector must not cause downstream processes to fail.
• Text descriptions and field placeholder text that describe the use of the custom connector must appear for non-developers.

Process
-

• All account records must be updated with data from the Web API once automatically.
• Only account records that contain a DataId should be updated by the Web API.
• Researchers must create Power Automate flows to specify data analysis priority.
• The researchers require a process that repurposes a set of identical steps of parameterized Microsoft Dataverse queries from a Power Automate flow for use in other flows that have different parameters. The
researchers want to avoid recreating the steps manually each time they create a flow to save time and avoid errors.

Issues
-

• A tester attempts to connect to the production instance of the Web API with a DataId that should return data. The tester receives an error stating that the remote name could not be resolved.
• A missing component causes an error to occur when importing the solution that contains the Power Automate flow to update account records in a test environment.

You need to configure the custom connector to incorporate the environment name and DataId in the Web API URL.

Which four actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

NOTE: More than one order of answer choices is correct. You will receive credit for any of the correct orders you select.

Answer :

Question 214 ( Question Set 5 ) 

HOTSPOT
-

You are configuring two command buttons on a form.

The form must display the buttons only if conditions meet a pre-defined criteria.
You need to create rules for the form.

Which rule types should you use?

To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 215 ( Question Set 5 )


A company is testing a Microsoft Dataverse plug-in in an environment. The plug-in works in post-operation mode and performs the update of the Account entity.

During testing, a user observes that the plug-in unintentionally triggers a synchronous third-party ISV plug-in.

You need to modify the system design to avoid unwanted triggering of the third-party plug-in.

What should you do?

A. Disable the existing third-party plug-in by using the Plug-in Registration Tool.
B. Use UpdateRequest with the BypassCustomPluginExecution parameter and Execute method of the Organization service.
C. Update the code of the third-party ISV plug-in to ignore updates caused by the new plug-in.
D. Update the code of the new plug-in to use InputParameters of Plugin Execution Context.

Answer : B

Question 216 ( Question Set 5 ) 

You are developing a model-driven app using JavaScript.

You need to configure the app to display a dialog box when a form is opened or when a grid on a form is sorted.

What should you use?

A. Grid OnSave
B. Grid OnRecordSelect
C. Grid OnChange
D. Subgrid OnLoad

Answer : D

Question 217 ( Question Set 5 )


A company performs an update to an existing column-bound Power Apps Component Framework (PCF) code component.

You test the changes to the code component in the development environment. You then import the component to the production environment as a part of a managed solution. You observe that the changes to the
component are not reflected in the production environment.

You need to ensure that the changes are effective in the production environment.

What should you do?

A. Import the PCF code component to the production environment directly from Visual Studio Code by using the pac pcf push instruction.
B. Publish the form that uses the PCF code component in the production environment.
C. Increment the PCF control version property in the manifest.xml file, and then reimport the solution from development to the production environment.
D. Publish the PCF code component in the production environment.

Answer : A

Question 218 ( Question Set 5 )


HOTSPOT
-

You develop the following code as part of an OnSave event handler in a form.

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 219 ( Question Set 5 )


You create a custom API. You define the API as a function.

The custom API does not appear in the response received from https://[yourorg].api.crm.dynamics.com/api/data/v9.2/$metadata and returns an error when called.

You need to identify why the custom API is not working.

What should you do?

A. Add a response property to the custom API.

B. Add a request property to the custom API.
C. Set the Enabled for Workflow option of the customer API to True.
D. Set the is Private property of the custom API to False.

Answer : B

Question 220 ( Question Set 5 ) 

Case study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must
manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about
the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot
return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on
the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Background -

Northwind Traders uses Microsoft Dynamics 365 Sales to manage its sales process. To better understand its customers, Northwind Traders invests in a team of researchers who gather data from multiple sources. The
company stores the data it collects in a Microsoft Azure SQL Database. The company plans to use the data to enrich account records and make the sales team more effective.

Current environment -

Environment -

• The company has three Microsoft Power Platform environments with Dynamics 365 Sales installed. The environments are named development, test, and production.
• Each environment has an application user that can be used for integrations.
• The company must use solutions to perform all customization and configuration deployment.

Data -

• Researchers are responsible for creating account records.

• Researchers have permissions on the Account table to create records, read all records, and update records they own.
• A synchronous plug-in runs when an account record is created and could reassign the record to a different user.
• Users must access data as themselves to enforce security and audit changes.
• A column named new_dataid is added to the Account table. The column uniquely identifies which data it should receive.
• Researchers have researched only the top 20 percent of account records.

Web API -

• The company creates an Azure Function to run a RESTful .NET Web API.
• Data can be retrieved by placing a GET request to the URL https://dataservice-[ENVIRONMENTNAME].azurewebsites.net/enrich/[DATAID].
• [ENVIRONMENTNAME] is the name of the Microsoft Power Platform environment that requests the data.
• [DATAID] is the new_dataid column in the Account table.
• The Web API response will return a 200 response plus data if the DataId is found. Otherwise, a 404 response is returned.
• Developers plan to create a custom connector from the Web API to make it accessible from Microsoft Power Platform.

Requirements -

Custom connector -

• The Web API definition used to create the custom connector must be generated based on a low-code technology.
• The URL used by the custom connector must incorporate the current environment name without hardcoding values.
• Errors generated by the custom connector must not cause downstream processes to fail.
• Text descriptions and field placeholder text that describe the use of the custom connector must appear for non-developers.

Process -

• All account records must be updated with data from the Web API once automatically.
• Only account records that contain a DataId should be updated by the Web API.
• Researchers must create Power Automate flows to specify data analysis priority.
• The researchers require a process that repurposes a set of identical steps of parameterized Microsoft Dataverse queries from a Power Automate flow for use in other flows that have different parameters. The
researchers want to avoid recreating the steps manually each time they create a flow to save time and avoid errors.

Issues -

• A tester attempts to connect to the production instance of the Web API with a DataId that should return data. The tester receives an error stating that the remote name could not be resolved.
• A missing component causes an error to occur when importing the solution that contains the Power Automate flow to update account records in a test environment.

You need to implement visual hints in the custom connector.

What should you do? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. In the custom connector, update the name of the policy template.
B. Extend the Open API definition of the Web API for the EnvironmentName parameter.
C. Extend the Open API definition of the Web API for the DataId parameter.
D. In the custom connector, update the description for the DataId parameter.

Answer : CD

Question 221 ( Question Set 6 ) 

You are creating an integration that uses an Azure function to create records in the Common Data Service when leads are submitted from your company website.
You create a user and grant the user the Basic User security role.
You do not have administrator access to the environment you are using or access to Azure Active Directory. Company policy dictates that service accounts must be used for integrations, and integrations must not be
granted privileges beyond what is needed.
You need to recommend actions that an administrator should perform to configure access for the Azure Function.
Which three actions should you perform? Each correct selection presents part of the solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Create an application registration in Azure Active Directory.

B. Assign the system administrator security role to the application user.
C. Assign the Power Platform administrator role to the application user in Azure Active Directory.
D. Create a new security role with the minimum required permissions and assign to the application user.
E. Grant the application delegated permissions to the Dynamics CRM API in Azure Active Directory.
F. Deploy Azure B2B guest permissions to the application user.

Answer : ADE

A: Registering an application with Azure Active Directory, enables a user with Power Apps user account to connect to their Microsoft Dataverse environment from external client applications using OAuth
authentication.
D: Use minimum permissions.
E: In the application registration process you delegate permissions to the Dynamics CRM API in Azure Active Directory.

Incorrect:
Not B: The system administrator security role would give the user too much privileges.
Not C: The Power Platform administrator role would give the user too much privileges.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/common-data-service/walkthrough-register-app-azure-active-directory

Question 222 ( Question Set 6 ) 

HOTSPOT -
You work for a multinational company that has Azure and Microsoft Dataverse environments in the United States (UTC-7) and Japan (UTC+9).
You create Azure Functions for each location to update key data.
You need to configure the functions to run at 4:00 AM on weekdays at each location.
Which schedule formats should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: 0 0 4 * * 1-5 -
Azure Functions uses the NCronTab library to interpret NCRONTAB expressions.
An NCRONTAB expression is similar to a CRON expression except that it includes an additional sixth field at the beginning to use for time precision in seconds:
{second} {minute} {hour} {day} {month} {day-of-week}

NCRONTAB time zones -

The numbers in a CRON expression refer to a time and date, not a time span. For example, a 5 in the hour field refers to 5:00 AM, not every 5 hours.
The default time zone used with the CRON expressions is Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
To have your CRON expression based on another time zone, create an app setting for your function app named WEBSITE_TIME_ZONE.
1-5 is weekdays

Box 2: 0 0 4 * * 1-5 -
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-functions/functions-bindings-timer
?

Question 223 ( Question Set 6 )


DRAG DROP -
You are creating a PowerApps connector between Dynamics 365 Sales and Slack.
You must generate a Slack notification whenever a new product is added to Dynamics 365 Sales. You must not be required to sign in directly into Dynamics 365
Sales to generate notifications. You created a Power Apps connector between Dynamics 365 Sales in Slack to enable this to happen.
You need to configure the appropriate security for each scenario.
Which security components should you configure?
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Box 1: Security roles -

A security role defines how different users, such as salespeople, access different types of records. To control access to data, you can modify existing security roles, create new security roles, or change which security
roles are assigned to each user. Each user can have multiple security roles.
Security role privileges are cumulative: having more than one security role gives a user every privilege available in every role.
Each security role consists of record-level privileges and task-based privileges.

Box 2: OAuth -
Oauth 2.0 is the most frequently used type, which uses the Oauth 2 authentication framework to authenticate with the service. Before using this authentication type, you'll need to register your application with the
service so that it can receive access tokens for the users.
For example, Register the application in Azure AD shows how to register an application with the Azure Active Directory service.
During the connection creation process, the user will be asked to enter the credentials for login to the service. These credentials will be used by the application to get an authorization token. For every request, this
authorization token will be sent to your service through the Authorization header.

Box 3: Basic Authentication -

Basic Authentication is the simplest type of authentication, where the user just has to provide the username and password to create the connection.
Note: Before using any connector in Azure Logic Apps, Microsoft Power Automate, or Microsoft Power Apps, the user needs to create a connection by authenticating to the backend service.

Authentication types -
The different types of authentication that are currently supported are:

No authentication -

Basic authentication -

Api Key based authentication -

Oauth 2.0 -
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/customerengagement/on-premises/admin/security-roles-privileges https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/connectors/custom-connectors/connection-parameters

Question 224 ( Question Set 6 ) 

DRAG DROP -
A developer must register a step using the Plug-in registration tool.
You need to associate the correct Event Pipeline Stage of Execution with its purpose.
Which stage should you associate with each description? To answer, drag the appropriate stages to the correct descriptions. Each stage may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split
bar between panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Box 1: PreValidation -
For the initial operation, this stage will occur before the main system operation.
This provides an opportunity to include logic to cancel the operation before the database transaction.

Box 2: PreOperation -
PreOperation occurs before the main system operation and within the database transaction.
If you want to change any values for an entity included in the message, you should do it here.

Box 3: PostOperation -
Occurs after the main system operation and within the database transaction.
Use this stage to modify any properties of the message before it is returned to the caller.
Incorrect Answers:
MainOperation: For internal use only except for Custom API and Custom virtual table data providers.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/event-framework

Question 225 ( Question Set 6 )


HOTSPOT -
An organization has a custom Assignments entity that guides agent actions. Team leaders for each assignment group must be able to review any changes made to assignment data by their agents.
You have the following JSON segment:
For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: Yes -
Delta query lets you query for additions, deletions, or updates to users, by way of a series of delta function calls. Delta query enables you discover changes to users without having to fetch the entire set of users from
Microsoft Graph and compare changes.

Box 2: No -

Tracking user changes -

Tracking user changes is a round of one or more GET requests with the delta function. You make a GET request much like the way you list users, except that you include the following:
The delta function.
A state token (deltaToken or skipToken) from the previous GET delta function call.
Delta tokens are only valid for a specific period before the client application needs to run a full synchronization again. For directory objects (application, administrativeUnit, directoryObject, directoryRole, group,
orgContact, oauth2permissiongrant, servicePrincipal, and user), the limit is 7 days.

Box 3: No -
There is limited support for $filter:
The only supported $filter expression is for tracking changes on a specific object: $filter=id+eq+{value}.

Box 4: Yes -
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/api/user-delta
 Question 226 ( Question Set 6 )

HOTSPOT -
A training company implements a Common Data Service (CDS) environment. The company has created and stores information about courses in a custom entity.
A Power Automate flow must be created whether a course has been created that starts within the next seven days and must be accurate to the minute.
You need to define an expression that meets the requirements.
Which functions should you use for the expression? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: less -
less checks whether the first value is less than the second value. Return true when the first value is less, or return false when the first value is more.

Box 2 : ticks -
ticks(timestamp: string) - Returns the number of ticks (100 nanoseconds interval) since 1 Jan 1601 00:00:00 UT
Syntax: ticks('<timestamp>')
Box 3: triggerBody -
triggerBody returns a trigger's body output at runtime.

Box 4: ticks -

Box 5: getFutureTime -
getFutureTime teturn the current timestamp plus the specified time units.
Syntax: getFutureTime(<interval>, <timeUnit>, <format>?)
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/logic-apps/workflow-definition-language-functions-reference

Question 227 ( Question Set 6 ) 

DRAG DROP -
You are developing a Power Platform app for a school. The school plans to use the app to gather information about classes and students.
You must design a plug-in for the app. You must store data about students in the Contacts table and store data about classes in a custom table.
You need to select the stage in the event pipeline for each function.
Which stages should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate plug-in stages to the correct functions. Each plug-in stage may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between
panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Box 1: PreValidation -
For the initial operation, this stage will occur before the main system operation.
This provides an opportunity to include logic to cancel the operation before the database transaction.

Box 2: PreOperation -
Occurs before the main system operation and within the database transaction.
If you want to change any values for an entity included in the message, you should do it here.
Avoid cancelling an operation here. Canceling will trigger a rollback of the transaction and have significant performance impact.

Box 3: PostOperation -
Occurs after the main system operation and within the database transaction.
Use this stage to modify any properties of the message before it is returned to the caller.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/event-framework

Question 228 ( Question Set 6 )


The communication department for a company plans to add a publicly accessible survey page to the company's public website.
You must add the new survey page to the company's public website and capture data from the page to a Common Data Service environment.
Explicit user credentials must not be required to write survey data to Common Data Service.
You need to implement authentication.
Which authentication mechanism should you implement?

A. ADFS
B. Azure AD Conditional Access
C. OAuth 2.0
D. Client secret
Answer : C

The OAuth 2.0 client credentials grant flow permits a web service (confidential client) to use its own credentials, instead of impersonating a user, to authenticate when calling another web service.
Note: OAuth is the preferred means to authenticate because it provides access to both the OData RESTful web services (Web API and OData global Discovery service) as well as to the SOAP web services (Organization
service and Discovery service).
OAuth is also required to support:
✑ Azure Active Directory configurations for conditional access, such as Two-factor Authentication (2FA)
✑ Use of client secrets to enable server-to-server authentication scenarios.
✑ Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) to connect a Single-page Application (SPA)
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/wp-security https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/authentication

Question 229 ( Question Set 6 )


DRAG DROP -
A company uses Dynamics 365 Sales.
Sales commission must be calculated when an order is placed. You create an Azure Function to perform the calculation. The Azure Function has an HTTP trigger.
You need to configure the Plug-in Registration tool to send data to the Azure Function when an order is placed. You open the Plug-in Registration tool and connect to Dynamics 365 Sales.
Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Step 1:SelectRegister New Web Hook.

Configure Dynamics 365 Sales to Call Your Webhook in Azure Functions
1. Open the Plug-in Registration Tool and connect to your organization.
2. Select Register->Register New Web Hook

Step 2: Enter the endpoint URL -

Step 3: Register a New Step for Create of SalesOrder.

Register a new webhook, and then tie that webhook to an event in Dynamics 365 Sales. Select your newly registered webhook, right-click it, and then choose
"Register New Step."
Note that the webhook here is set to execute whenever a change to an account record is detected within Dynamics 365 Sales.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/common-data-service/tutorial-write-plug-in

Question 230 ( Question Set 6 )


The communication department for a company plans to add a publicly accessible survey page to the company's public website.
You must add the new survey page to the company's public website and capture data from the page to a Common Data Service environment.
Explicit user credentials must not be required to write survey data to Common Data Service.
You need to implement authentication.
Which authentication mechanism should you implement?
A. Microsoft 365
B. X.509 certificate
C. OAuth 2.0
D. Claims-based

Answer : C

OAuth is the preferred means to authenticate because it provides access to both the OData RESTful web services (Web API and OData global Discovery service) as well as to the SOAP web services (Organization
service and Discovery service).
OAuth is also required to support:
✑ Azure Active Directory configurations for conditional access, such as Two-factor Authentication (2FA)
✑ Use of client secrets to enable server-to-server authentication scenarios.
✑ Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) to connect a Single-page Application (SPA)
Incorrect Answers:
A: Using Microsoft 365 authentication does not require that your register your applications as OAuth does. You must simply provide a User Principal Name (UPN) and password for a valid user.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/authentication

Question 231 ( Question Set 6 )


DRAG DROP -
You are a Power Platform developer.
Users report several access issues.
You need to resolve the user access issues.
What should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate security options to the correct scenarios. Each security option may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes
or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Box 1: Conditional access -

You can limit access to users with block access by location to reduce unauthorized access. By using Conditional Access policies, you can apply the right access controls when needed to help keep your organization
secure and stay out of your user's way when not needed. Conditional Access analyses signals such as user, device, and location to automate decisions and enforce organizational access policies for resources.

Box 2: DLP policy -

DLP policies enforce rules for which connectors can be used together by classifying connectors as either Business or Non-Business. If you put a connector in the
Business group, it can only be used with other connectors from that group in any given app or flow. Sometimes you might want to block the usage of certain connectors altogether by classifying them as Blocked.

Box 3: Exfiltration blocking -

Email exfiltration controls for connectors
Microsoft Exchange enables admins to disable email autoforwards and autoreplies to remote domains for external recipients. Exchange does this by using message-type headers, such as Auto Forward received from
Outlook and Outlook on web clients.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/restrict-access-online-trusted-ip-rules https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/wp-data-loss-prevention https://docs.microsoft.com/en-
us/power-platform/admin/block-forwarded-email-from-power-automate

Question 232 ( Question Set 6 ) 

HOTSPOT -
A company uses Dynamics 365 Sales.
You need to configure the customer lookup search for email activity in the canvas app.
How should you complete the expression? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: IsBlank -
The IsBlank function tests for a blank value or an empty string. The test includes empty strings to ease app creation since some data sources and controls use an empty string when there is no value present.

Box 2: IsType -
The IsType function tests whether a record reference refers to a specific table type.

Box 3: AsType -
The AsType function treats a record reference as a specific table type, sometimes referred to as casting. You can use the result as if it were a record of the table and again use the Record.Field notation to access all of
the fields of that record. An error occurs if the reference isn't of the specific type.
Box 4: AsType -
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/functions/function-isblank-isempty https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/functions/function-astype-istype

Question 233 ( Question Set 6 )


HOTSPOT -
You are designing an integration between Dataverse and an external application. The external application processes thousands of records per day.
Record processing volumes vary throughout the day. Extremely high processing volumes may occur and may exceed the Dataverse service protection API limits.
You need to implement each service protection limit that is enforced.
Which implementations should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :
Box 1: Number per user over a sliding window of time
Service protection API limits are enforced based on three facets:
✑ The number of requests sent by a user.
✑ The combined execution time required to process requests sent by a user.
✑ The number of concurrent requests sent by a user.
The following table describes the default service protection API limits enforced per web server:

Box 2: Combined time per user over a sliding window of time

Box 3: Fixed number per user -

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/api-limits

Question 234 ( Question Set 6 )


You are deploying a Power Apps app that uses the custom connector for ServiceNow.
The app loads very slowly for some users. You determine that all records from ServiceNow are being retrieved for every user.
The app must load only incidents that are assigned to each user.
You need to limit the number of records that the connector returns.
What should you do?

A. Apply a Lifecycle Services asset scope

B. Apply a business process flow
C. Apply the Azure APIM parameter
D. Apply a connector policy template

Answer : D

You can configure policy templates for custom connectors. Policies allow you to modify the behavior of a custom connector at runtime. You can use policies to perform data conversion, route requests, set parameter
values, and more. You can configure policies directly in the custom connector API properties file before import, or you can do it from the maker portal in the custom connector designer by applying policy templates.
Common policy use cases are:
* Set query parameter - Use for handling default values, if necessary, but the maker doesn't configure one. For example, if an API required a top parameter for how many records to return by using a policy, you could
set a default value to be used if the maker doesn't configure one.
Note: ServiceNow Action: GetRecords

Summary: List Records -

Description: Gets records of a certain ServiceNow object type like 'Incidents'
Syntax:ServiceNow.GetRecords (string tableType, [advanced][Optional]boolean sysparm_display_value, [advanced][Optional]boolean sysparm_exclude_reference_link, [advanced][Optional]string sysparm_query,
[advanced][Optional]integer sysparm_limit, [advanced][Optional]integer sysparm_offset)
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/policy-templates-custom-connectors/ https://www.carlosag.net/PowerApps/Connectors/ServiceNow

Question 235 ( Question Set 6 ) 

A company is developing multiple plug-ins.
One of the plug-ins keeps failing.
You need to debug the plug-in.
Which three actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Highlight the plug-in step and select Debug in the Plug-in Registration tool
B. Copy the .pdb file into the server/bin/assembly folder
C. Select Start Profiling in the Plug-in Registration tool
D. Attach the debugger to the w3wp.exe process
E. Install the plug-in profiler

Answer : ACE

Step 1: Install plug-in profiler

Because the plug-in executes on a remote server, you cannot attach a debugger to the process. The plug-in profiler captures a profile of an executing plug-in and allows you to re-play the execution of the plug-in using
Visual Studio on your local computer.

Step 2: Start profiling -

1. In the Plug-in Registration tool, select the (Step) BasicPlugin.FollowupPlugin: Create of account step, and click Start Profiling.
2. In the Profiler Settings dialog accept the default settings and click OK to close the dialog.

Step 3: Debug your plug-in -

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/tutorial-debug-plug-in

Question 236 ( Question Set 6 )


DRAG DROP -
A company uses Dynamics 365 Sales.
Sales commission must be calculated when an order is placed. You create an Azure Function to perform the calculation. The Azure Function has an HTTP trigger.
You need to configure the Plug-in Registration tool to send data to the Azure Function when an order is placed. You open the Plug-in Registration tool and connect to Dynamics 365 Sales.
Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Step 1:SelectRegister New Web Hook.

Configure Dynamics 365 Sales to Call Your Webhook in Azure Functions
1. Open the Plug-in Registration Tool and connect to your organization.
2. Select Register->Register New Web Hook

Step 2: Enter the endpoint URL -

Step 3: Register a New Step for Create of SalesOrder.

Register a new webhook, and then tie that webhook to an event in Dynamics 365 Sales. Select your newly registered webhook, right-click it, and then choose
"Register New Step."
Note that the webhook here is set to execute whenever a change to an account record is detected within Dynamics 365 Sales.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/common-data-service/tutorial-write-plug-in

Question 237 ( Question Set 6 )


A company needs to illustrate the relationships of the entities in Dynamics 365 Sales.
You need to select the appropriate tool to show this graphic.
Which tool should you select?

A. Metadata diagram
B. Sales Insights
C. Power Automate
D. Security model

Answer : A

Visual representation of metadata can be useful, especially when you are trying to describe the relationship between entities in the system. You can use the
Metadata Diagram sample code provided for Dynamics 365 Customer Engagement (on-premises) to generate the entity relationship diagrams.
You can create a diagram that shows a relationship for just one entity, or a complex diagram that includes dozens of related entities, including custom and system entities.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/customerengagement/on-premises/developer/use-metadata-generate-entity-diagrams

Question 238 ( Question Set 6 )


HOTSPOT -
A travel agency uses Dynamics 365 Sales.
Customers are allowed to add up to three regions to their travel preferences from the website. Customer preferences must be stored in the Contact entity. An error message must display if customers enter data
incorrectly. You create a plug-in.
You need to register the plug-in to meet the requirements.
Which value should you apply for each parameter? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: create -
An error message must display if customers enter data incorrectly.

The message must be created -

Box 2: contact -
Customers are allowed to add up to three countries/regions to their travel preferences from the website. Their preferences must be stored in the Contact entity.

Box 3: region -
Customers are allowed to add up to three regions to their travel preferences from the website. Customer preferences must be stored in the Contact entity

Box 4: synchronous -
A synchronous plug-in will cause the operation to wait until the code in the plug-in completes. This has an impact on perceived performance of the system. The operations in an asynchronous plug-in are placed in a
queue and are executed after the operation is completed so that the operation can complete with minimal interruption.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/common-data-service/tutorial-write-plug-in
 Question 239 ( Question Set 6 ) 
A company uses a third-party shipping company to deliver products to customers.
You need to design a custom connector that retrieves the shipping fees from the shipping company API.
Which three elements should you define for the custom connector? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Authentication model
B. Address parameter
C. OpenAPI definition
D. Fee parameter
E. Fee reference

Answer : ABC

C: You can create a custom connector using a OpenAPI definition file or a URL to OpenAPI definition.
A: On the Security page you get to choose how to authenticate to the API.

B: Address parameter.
If you were to create a Custom Connector from scratch, then you would have to study the API you have chosen and type in the URL manually here.

Reference:
https://carinaclaesson.com/2019/09/06/setting-up-a-custom-connector-from-an-openapi-file-and-utilizing-it-in-powerapps-and-flow/

Question 240 ( Question Set 6 ) 

You are creating a Power Apps app that retrieves customer information from Azure Active Directory when you use the app to look up a customer record.
You create an Azure Function by using JSON code to retrieve the customer information.
You need to make the application work.
Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Create a Power Automate flow to import data.

B. Create a custom connector that uses the Azure Function API.
C. Copy your JSON code to the app.
D. Create a custom connector that uses the JSON code.
E. Create an API definition for the Azure Function.

Answer : BE

E: Before exporting an API, you must describe the API using an OpenAPI definition.
B: This OpenAPI definition contains information about what operations are available in an API and how the request and response data for the API should be structured. PowerApps and Microsoft Flow can create
custom connectors for any OpenAPI 2.0 definition.
Reference:
https://github.com/MicrosoftDocs/azure-docs/blob/master/articles/azure-functions/app-service-export-api-to-powerapps-and-flow.md

Question 241 ( Question Set 6 )


HOTSPOT -
A manufacturing company takes online orders.
The company requires automatic validation of order changes. Requirements are as follows:
✑ If validation is successful, the order changes must be submitted.
✑ If exceptions are encountered, a message must be shown to the customer and the order changes must not be submitted.
You need to set up and deploy a plug-in that encapsulates the rules.
Which options should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: PreValidation -
PreValidation: For the initial operation, this stage will occur before the main system operation.
This provides an opportunity to include logic to cancel the operation before the database transaction.

Box 2: Synchronous -
Ideally, you should only cancel operations using synchronous plug-ins registered in the PreValidation stage.

Box 3: Pre Image -

Box 4: throw ..
When you throw an InvalidPluginExecutionException exception within a synchronous plug-in an error dialog with your message will be displayed to the user.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/common-data-service/event-framework https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/common-data-service/handle-exceptions

Question 242 ( Question Set 6 ) 

DRAG DROP -
You are designing new functionality for an existing model-driven app.
A field must display multiple selections to the user, enabling the user to select a value.
You need to determine which column type can support the required scenarios.
Which column type should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate column types to the correct scenarios. Each column type may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar
between panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Box 1: Lookup -
The LookUp function finds the first record in a table that satisfies a formula. Use LookUp to find a single record that matches one or more criteria.
Besides the normal formula operators, you can use the in and exactin operators for substring matches.
[!INCLUDE [record-scope]../../includes/record-scope.md)]
Example:
Filter(IceCream, OnOrder > 0) - Returns records where OnOrder is greater than zero.

Box 2: Global choice and Lookup -

Box 3: Global choice -

A choice column provides a list of values for users to pick from. They help streamline data entry in turn ensuring clean data. There are two types - local and global.
Local choices can are local to the table and column that they are created for. They cannot be reused on other tables. For example, a list of statuses for an application may not apply anywhere else (e.g. Submitted, In
Review, Approved, Rejected). On the other hand, global choices are available across all tables and columns allowing them to be reused.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/power-fx/reference/function-filter-lookup https://thepoweraddict.com/how-to-work-with-choice-columns-in-dataverse/

Question 243 ( Question Set 6 )


You create a plug-in to validate data.
Users report that validation is not working as expected.
You need to debug the plug-in.
Which tool should you use?

A. Plug-in profiler
B. Power Platform Tools for Visual Studio
C. Plug-in dashboard
D. Plug-in Registration Tool

Answer : A

Because the plug-in executes on a remote server, you cannot attach a debugger to the plug-in process. The plug-in profiler captures a profile of an executing plug- in and allows you to re-play the execution of the plug-
in using Visual Studio on your local computer.

Install plug-in profiler -

There are two tools available from which to run the Plug-in Profiler: the Plug-in Registration Tool and Power Platform Tools for Visual Studio.

Start profiling -
Follow these steps to begin profiling a plug-in's execution.
1. In the Plug-in Registration tool, select the (Step) BasicPlugin.FollowupPlugin: Create of account step you registered earlier, and click Start Profiling.
2. When presented with the Profiler Settings dialog, accept the default settings and click OK to close the dialog.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/developer/data-platform/tutorial-debug-plug-in

Question 244 ( Question Set 6 )


DRAG DROP -
You are creating a Web API.
The API must be able to perform the following actions:
✑ Create a column in a Microsoft Dataverse table.
Update a column for an existing row.

Which HTTP methods should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate HTTP methods to the correct requirements. Each HTTP method may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split
bar between panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Box 1: POST -

Create table definitions -

To create a table definition, POST the JSON representation of the entity definition data to the EntityDefinitions entity set path. The entity must include the definition for the primary name attribute. You don't need to
set values for all the properties. The items on this list except for Description are required, although setting a description is a recommended best practice.

Box 2: PATCH -

Basic update -
Update operations use the HTTP PATCH verb. Pass a JSON object containing the properties you want to update to the URI that represents the record.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/developer/data-platform/webapi/create-update-entity-definitions-using-web-api https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/developer/data-
platform/webapi/update-delete-entities-using-web-api

Question 245 ( Question Set 6 )


HOTSPOT
-

You have a plug-in that performs business logic on contact records. The plug-in is registered in the post-operation stage and is executed when a field named custom_field3 is updated.

The plug-in contains the following code:

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 246 ( Question Set 6 )


DRAG DROP
-

You are creating various Power Apps apps for a company. Power Automate flows must connect securely to the following external systems:

You need to create custom connectors to access the external systems.

Which type of security should you use for the connectors?

To answer, drag the appropriate security types to the correct external systems. Each security type may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view
content.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 247 ( Question Set 6 )


HOTSPOT
-

You are developing a Power Platform solution that uses a plug-in. The plug-in includes the following code (line numbers are included for reference):

The plug-in includes a step that is registered in the execution pipeline within the PreOperation stage for the Create message.

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 248 ( Question Set 6 )


You are creating a plug-in for an app that helps government employees get a proof of vaccination card.

You must add the following information to a vaccination record before a proof of vaccination card is created:

• Vaccination type
• Date of vaccination
• Name of person administering the vaccine

You need to register the plug-in.

In which stage should you register the plug-in?

A. PreValidation
B. PostOperation
C. MainOperation
D. PreOperation

Answer : D

Question 249 ( Question Set 6 )


HOTSPOT
-

You are developing a new model-driven app.

You must create a custom connector to connect the app to the Microsoft Graph API.

You need to configure the environment before creating the custom connector.

Which actions should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 250 ( Question Set 6 )


Case Study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must
manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about
the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot
return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Background -

Proseware, Inc. is an industry leading software company with several thousand employees. The company has had some trouble recruiting talented employees. Top-level candidates interview with the company but go
on to work for competitors.

Feedback from candidates show that some offers were not accepted because the interview scheduling process was unpleasant. The company does not have a system to keep track of the candidates that were not
selected.

Current Environment -

The recruiting process starts when an individual applies for a position on the company website. The individual may have found the position on their own, they may have been officially referred by an employee, or in
some cases were contacted directly by a hiring manager and encouraged to apply.

Recruiters schedule an interview with a hiring manager and interviews with two senior team members. Each interview results in feedback about the candidate and a recommendation whether to hire or not.

The recruiting team manages all information by using a model-driven application.

The company has the following Microsoft Dataverse tables and columns:

• JobPosting
- Hiring Manager - lookup to SystemUser
- Recruiter Assigned - lookup to SystemUser
• Contact (Job Applicant)
- Contact identifier
- First name
- Last name
- Time-Zone Offset
- Person of Interest - Yes/No (default)
• Application proapplication
- Contact identifier, Contact - lookup to Contact
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
- pro_recruiterassignedid
• Interview
- Application - lookup to Application
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
- Recommend - Choice (Yes (0), No (1), and null (default) are the available values)
- Person of Interest - Yes/No, No is the default value
• Referral
- Contact - lookup to Contact
- Referrer - lookup to SystemUser
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
• SystemUser
- Manager - lookup to SystemUser
- Time-Zone Offset
• Recruiter
- Recruiter identifier
- Recruiter name

Applications -
There may be multiple applications associated with each job posting. Applications are linked to an employee record if an employee referred the applicant for a position. The same individual can be an applicant for
multiple job postings.

Interviews -
Each interview is performed by an employee and is related to a single application.

The interview scheduling process may force potential candidates to accept interviews at unusual times with the senior team members due to time-zone differences.

Requirements. Interview Scheduling

The system must provide recruiters with a list of team members and their time-zone information. You must create a Microsoft Power Apps Component Framework (PCF) control for the Job Application form to display
a list of senior team members who report directly to a hiring manager.

• The control must display the current time in each team member's local time.
• The control must be bound so that it minimizes the amount of code that must be written.
• You must display the list of team members and sort the list to show team members who reside in time zones closest to the applicant's time zone first.
You must develop a second PCF control that displays the time-zone name and current time on the Job Application form. You must display the data in the candidate’s local time.

Requirements. Historical Information Tracking

You must create a process to identify individuals as a person of interest that the company should consider hiring. You must assign each individual a score based on their past interactions.

• You must be able to determine the following information about a candidate:

- The number of interviews in the past two years and whether team members provided recommendations
- The number of hiring manager referrals and employee referrals in the past two years
- Whether the individual has any of the 12 designations or certifications that the company considers significant
• Only a single referral can be made per job application. The system must be able to support multiple referrals for a candidate.
• The system must track referrals even if an application is not completed.

Requirements. Historical Information Scoring

The automated process must run weekly to assess all candidates. The process must also run automatically when historical information is updated. You must be able to perform scoring by selecting a command button
on the contact form.

• This new command button must only be visible to employees who belong to a security role assigned named Recruiter. The command button must not be visible to anyone unless the contact form is in Update mode.
• A person of interest is defined as having a score of 15 or more based on the following historical information criteria:
- Each interview with a recommendation adds two to the score.
- Each interview without a recommendation subtracts two from the score.
- Each employee or manager referral adds one to the score.
- Each designation or certification adds one to the score.
• All scoring elements must be recalculated when changes occur. You must assign the score to the Person of interest field.
• Values representing totals or scores must be stored in their own numeric fields.
• Plug-ins must be used to keep the Person of Interest field on active interview records associated with the Contact.
• Plug-ins registered on the update of the Person of interest field must send an email notification when the candidate named in the email is a person of interest. Recruiters must receive the message when the field is
updated on the Contact record.
• Interviewers must get an email notification when the Person of Interest field on the interview record is successfully updated.

Requirements. Design Guidelines -

The following design guidelines must be followed:

• Schema changes must be made using the method requiring the least amount of storage to meet the requirement.
• Out-of-the-box functionality must be used when possible.
• Any code required to calculate scores must be able to be run from a single point.
• Email notifications need to be kept to a minimum.

Issues -

• Recruiters report that the command button to score a candidate is not working. You debug the code and observe that the context input parameter is null.
• The system does not support associating designations and certifications with candidates.
• The value for the field used by the PCF control to display local time is saved to Microsoft Dataverse each time an active application record is opened.
• Interviewers report that they do not receive email notifications when interview records are created for an existing person of interest.

You need to determine the cause for the issue reported by the interviewers.

What is the root cause of the issue?

A. There was an error in the event pipeline and the entire transaction was rolled back.
B. There is no plug-in registered to run when an interview record is created.
C. The plug-in used to synchronize the Person of Interest field from Contact to Interview was not triggered.

Answer : B

Question 251 ( Question Set 6 )


HOTSPOT
-

Case Study
-

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must
manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about
the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot
return to this section.

To start the case study

-
To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Background
-

Proseware, Inc. is an industry leading software company with several thousand employees. The company has had some trouble recruiting talented employees. Top-level candidates interview with the company but go
on to work for competitors.

Feedback from candidates show that some offers were not accepted because the interview scheduling process was unpleasant. The company does not have a system to keep track of the candidates that were not
selected.

Current Environment
-

The recruiting process starts when an individual applies for a position on the company website. The individual may have found the position on their own, they may have been officially referred by an employee, or in
some cases were contacted directly by a hiring manager and encouraged to apply.

Recruiters schedule an interview with a hiring manager and interviews with two senior team members. Each interview results in feedback about the candidate and a recommendation whether to hire or not.
The recruiting team manages all information by using a model-driven application.

The company has the following Microsoft Dataverse tables and columns:

• JobPosting
- Hiring Manager - lookup to SystemUser
- Recruiter Assigned - lookup to SystemUser
• Contact (Job Applicant)
- Contact identifier
- First name
- Last name
- Time-Zone Offset
- Person of Interest - Yes/No (default)
• Application proapplication
- Contact identifier, Contact - lookup to Contact
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
- pro_recruiterassignedid
• Interview
- Application - lookup to Application
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
- Recommend - Choice (Yes (0), No (1), and null (default) are the available values)
- Person of Interest - Yes/No, No is the default value
• Referral
- Contact - lookup to Contact
- Referrer - lookup to SystemUser
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
• SystemUser
- Manager - lookup to SystemUser
- Time-Zone Offset
• Recruiter
- Recruiter identifier
- Recruiter name

Applications
-
There may be multiple applications associated with each job posting. Applications are linked to an employee record if an employee referred the applicant for a position. The same individual can be an applicant for
multiple job postings.

Interviews
-
Each interview is performed by an employee and is related to a single application.

The interview scheduling process may force potential candidates to accept interviews at unusual times with the senior team members due to time-zone differences.

Requirements. Interview Scheduling

The system must provide recruiters with a list of team members and their time-zone information. You must create a Microsoft Power Apps Component Framework (PCF) control for the Job Application form to display
a list of senior team members who report directly to a hiring manager.

• The control must display the current time in each team member's local time.
• The control must be bound so that it minimizes the amount of code that must be written.
• You must display the list of team members and sort the list to show team members who reside in time zones closest to the applicant's time zone first.

You must develop a second PCF control that displays the time-zone name and current time on the Job Application form. You must display the data in the candidate’s local time.

Requirements. Historical Information Tracking

You must create a process to identify individuals as a person of interest that the company should consider hiring. You must assign each individual a score based on their past interactions.

• You must be able to determine the following information about a candidate:

- The number of interviews in the past two years and whether team members provided recommendations
- The number of hiring manager referrals and employee referrals in the past two years
- Whether the individual has any of the 12 designations or certifications that the company considers significant
• Only a single referral can be made per job application. The system must be able to support multiple referrals for a candidate.
• The system must track referrals even if an application is not completed.

Requirements. Historical Information Scoring

The automated process must run weekly to assess all candidates. The process must also run automatically when historical information is updated. You must be able to perform scoring by selecting a command button
on the contact form.

• This new command button must only be visible to employees who belong to a security role assigned named Recruiter. The command button must not be visible to anyone unless the contact form is in Update mode.
• A person of interest is defined as having a score of 15 or more based on the following historical information criteria:
- Each interview with a recommendation adds two to the score.
- Each interview without a recommendation subtracts two from the score.
- Each employee or manager referral adds one to the score.
- Each designation or certification adds one to the score.
• All scoring elements must be recalculated when changes occur. You must assign the score to the Person of interest field.
• Values representing totals or scores must be stored in their own numeric fields.
• Plug-ins must be used to keep the Person of Interest field on active interview records associated with the Contact.
• Plug-ins registered on the update of the Person of interest field must send an email notification when the candidate named in the email is a person of interest. Recruiters must receive the message when the field is
updated on the Contact record.
• Interviewers must get an email notification when the Person of Interest field on the interview record is successfully updated.

Requirements. Design Guidelines

The following design guidelines must be followed:

• Schema changes must be made using the method requiring the least amount of storage to meet the requirement.
• Out-of-the-box functionality must be used when possible.
• Any code required to calculate scores must be able to be run from a single point.
• Email notifications need to be kept to a minimum.

Issues
-

• Recruiters report that the command button to score a candidate is not working. You debug the code and observe that the context input parameter is null.
• The system does not support associating designations and certifications with candidates.
• The value for the field used by the PCF control to display local time is saved to Microsoft Dataverse each time an active application record is opened.
• Interviewers report that they do not receive email notifications when interview records are created for an existing person of interest.

You develop the following code for the plug-in that sends email notifications to recruiters.
For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 252 ( Question Set 6 ) 

DRAG DROP
-

Case Study
-

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must
manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about
the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot
return to this section.

To start the case study

-
To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Background
-

Proseware, Inc. is an industry leading software company with several thousand employees. The company has had some trouble recruiting talented employees. Top-level candidates interview with the company but go
on to work for competitors.

Feedback from candidates show that some offers were not accepted because the interview scheduling process was unpleasant. The company does not have a system to keep track of the candidates that were not
selected.

Current Environment
-

The recruiting process starts when an individual applies for a position on the company website. The individual may have found the position on their own, they may have been officially referred by an employee, or in
some cases were contacted directly by a hiring manager and encouraged to apply.

Recruiters schedule an interview with a hiring manager and interviews with two senior team members. Each interview results in feedback about the candidate and a recommendation whether to hire or not.

The recruiting team manages all information by using a model-driven application.

The company has the following Microsoft Dataverse tables and columns:

• JobPosting
- Hiring Manager - lookup to SystemUser
- Recruiter Assigned - lookup to SystemUser
• Contact (Job Applicant)
- Contact identifier
- First name
- Last name
- Time-Zone Offset
- Person of Interest - Yes/No (default)
• Application proapplication
- Contact identifier, Contact - lookup to Contact
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
- pro_recruiterassignedid
• Interview
- Application - lookup to Application
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
- Recommend - Choice (Yes (0), No (1), and null (default) are the available values)
- Person of Interest - Yes/No, No is the default value
• Referral
- Contact - lookup to Contact
- Referrer - lookup to SystemUser
- Job Posting - lookup to JobPosting
• SystemUser
- Manager - lookup to SystemUser
- Time-Zone Offset
• Recruiter
- Recruiter identifier
- Recruiter name

Applications
-
There may be multiple applications associated with each job posting. Applications are linked to an employee record if an employee referred the applicant for a position. The same individual can be an applicant for
multiple job postings.

Interviews
-
Each interview is performed by an employee and is related to a single application.

The interview scheduling process may force potential candidates to accept interviews at unusual times with the senior team members due to time-zone differences.

Requirements. Interview Scheduling

The system must provide recruiters with a list of team members and their time-zone information. You must create a Microsoft Power Apps Component Framework (PCF) control for the Job Application form to display
a list of senior team members who report directly to a hiring manager.

• The control must display the current time in each team member's local time.
• The control must be bound so that it minimizes the amount of code that must be written.
• You must display the list of team members and sort the list to show team members who reside in time zones closest to the applicant's time zone first.

You must develop a second PCF control that displays the time-zone name and current time on the Job Application form. You must display the data in the candidate’s local time.

Requirements. Historical Information Tracking

You must create a process to identify individuals as a person of interest that the company should consider hiring. You must assign each individual a score based on their past interactions.

• You must be able to determine the following information about a candidate:

- The number of interviews in the past two years and whether team members provided recommendations
- The number of hiring manager referrals and employee referrals in the past two years
- Whether the individual has any of the 12 designations or certifications that the company considers significant
• Only a single referral can be made per job application. The system must be able to support multiple referrals for a candidate.
• The system must track referrals even if an application is not completed.

Requirements. Historical Information Scoring

The automated process must run weekly to assess all candidates. The process must also run automatically when historical information is updated. You must be able to perform scoring by selecting a command button
on the contact form.

• This new command button must only be visible to employees who belong to a security role assigned named Recruiter. The command button must not be visible to anyone unless the contact form is in Update mode.
• A person of interest is defined as having a score of 15 or more based on the following historical information criteria:
- Each interview with a recommendation adds two to the score.
- Each interview without a recommendation subtracts two from the score.
- Each employee or manager referral adds one to the score.
- Each designation or certification adds one to the score.
• All scoring elements must be recalculated when changes occur. You must assign the score to the Person of interest field.
• Values representing totals or scores must be stored in their own numeric fields.
• Plug-ins must be used to keep the Person of Interest field on active interview records associated with the Contact.
• Plug-ins registered on the update of the Person of interest field must send an email notification when the candidate named in the email is a person of interest. Recruiters must receive the message when the field is
updated on the Contact record.
• Interviewers must get an email notification when the Person of Interest field on the interview record is successfully updated.

Requirements. Design Guidelines

The following design guidelines must be followed:

• Schema changes must be made using the method requiring the least amount of storage to meet the requirement.
• Out-of-the-box functionality must be used when possible.
• Any code required to calculate scores must be able to be run from a single point.
• Email notifications need to be kept to a minimum.

Issues
-

• Recruiters report that the command button to score a candidate is not working. You debug the code and observe that the context input parameter is null.
• The system does not support associating designations and certifications with candidates.
• The value for the field used by the PCF control to display local time is saved to Microsoft Dataverse each time an active application record is opened.
• Interviewers report that they do not receive email notifications when interview records are created for an existing person of interest.

You need to implement scoring.

Which methods should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate methods to the correct actions. Each method may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or
scroll to view content.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 253 ( Question Set 6 )


HOTSPOT
-

Case study
-

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must
manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about
the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot
return to this section.

To start the case study

-
To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on
the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Background
-

Northwind Traders uses Microsoft Dynamics 365 Sales to manage its sales process. To better understand its customers, Northwind Traders invests in a team of researchers who gather data from multiple sources. The
company stores the data it collects in a Microsoft Azure SQL Database. The company plans to use the data to enrich account records and make the sales team more effective.

Current environment
-

Environment
-

• The company has three Microsoft Power Platform environments with Dynamics 365 Sales installed. The environments are named development, test, and production.
• Each environment has an application user that can be used for integrations.
• The company must use solutions to perform all customization and configuration deployment.
Data
-

• Researchers are responsible for creating account records.

• Researchers have permissions on the Account table to create records, read all records, and update records they own.
• A synchronous plug-in runs when an account record is created and could reassign the record to a different user.
• Users must access data as themselves to enforce security and audit changes.
• A column named new_dataid is added to the Account table. The column uniquely identifies which data it should receive.
• Researchers have researched only the top 20 percent of account records.

Web API
-

• The company creates an Azure Function to run a RESTful .NET Web API.
• Data can be retrieved by placing a GET request to the URL https://dataservice-[ENVIRONMENTNAME].azurewebsites.net/enrich/[DATAID].
• [ENVIRONMENTNAME] is the name of the Microsoft Power Platform environment that requests the data.
• [DATAID] is the new_dataid column in the Account table.
• The Web API response will return a 200 response plus data if the DataId is found. Otherwise, a 404 response is returned.
• Developers plan to create a custom connector from the Web API to make it accessible from Microsoft Power Platform.

Requirements
-

Custom connector
-

• The Web API definition used to create the custom connector must be generated based on a low-code technology.
• The URL used by the custom connector must incorporate the current environment name without hardcoding values.
• Errors generated by the custom connector must not cause downstream processes to fail.
• Text descriptions and field placeholder text that describe the use of the custom connector must appear for non-developers.

Process
-

• All account records must be updated with data from the Web API once automatically.
• Only account records that contain a DataId should be updated by the Web API.
• Researchers must create Power Automate flows to specify data analysis priority.
• The researchers require a process that repurposes a set of identical steps of parameterized Microsoft Dataverse queries from a Power Automate flow for use in other flows that have different parameters. The
researchers want to avoid recreating the steps manually each time they create a flow to save time and avoid errors.

Issues
-

• A tester attempts to connect to the production instance of the Web API with a DataId that should return data. The tester receives an error stating that the remote name could not be resolved.
• A missing component causes an error to occur when importing the solution that contains the Power Automate flow to update account records in a test environment.

You need to configure security for the Azure Function and custom connector.

Which security tool should you configure for each item? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 254 ( Question Set 6 )


HOTSPOT
-

Case study
-

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must
manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about
the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot
return to this section.

To start the case study

-
To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on
the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Background
-

Northwind Traders uses Microsoft Dynamics 365 Sales to manage its sales process. To better understand its customers, Northwind Traders invests in a team of researchers who gather data from multiple sources. The
company stores the data it collects in a Microsoft Azure SQL Database. The company plans to use the data to enrich account records and make the sales team more effective.

Current environment
-

Environment
-

• The company has three Microsoft Power Platform environments with Dynamics 365 Sales installed. The environments are named development, test, and production.
• Each environment has an application user that can be used for integrations.
• The company must use solutions to perform all customization and configuration deployment.

Data
-

• Researchers are responsible for creating account records.

• Researchers have permissions on the Account table to create records, read all records, and update records they own.
• A synchronous plug-in runs when an account record is created and could reassign the record to a different user.
• Users must access data as themselves to enforce security and audit changes.
• A column named new_dataid is added to the Account table. The column uniquely identifies which data it should receive.
• Researchers have researched only the top 20 percent of account records.

Web API
-

• The company creates an Azure Function to run a RESTful .NET Web API.
• Data can be retrieved by placing a GET request to the URL https://dataservice-[ENVIRONMENTNAME].azurewebsites.net/enrich/[DATAID].
• [ENVIRONMENTNAME] is the name of the Microsoft Power Platform environment that requests the data.
• [DATAID] is the new_dataid column in the Account table.
• The Web API response will return a 200 response plus data if the DataId is found. Otherwise, a 404 response is returned.
• Developers plan to create a custom connector from the Web API to make it accessible from Microsoft Power Platform.

Requirements
-

Custom connector
-

• The Web API definition used to create the custom connector must be generated based on a low-code technology.
• The URL used by the custom connector must incorporate the current environment name without hardcoding values.
• Errors generated by the custom connector must not cause downstream processes to fail.
• Text descriptions and field placeholder text that describe the use of the custom connector must appear for non-developers.

Process
-
• All account records must be updated with data from the Web API once automatically.
• Only account records that contain a DataId should be updated by the Web API.
• Researchers must create Power Automate flows to specify data analysis priority.
• The researchers require a process that repurposes a set of identical steps of parameterized Microsoft Dataverse queries from a Power Automate flow for use in other flows that have different parameters. The
researchers want to avoid recreating the steps manually each time they create a flow to save time and avoid errors.

Issues
-

• A tester attempts to connect to the production instance of the Web API with a DataId that should return data. The tester receives an error stating that the remote name could not be resolved.
• A missing component causes an error to occur when importing the solution that contains the Power Automate flow to update account records in a test environment.

You need to configure the Web API and create the custom connector.

Which action should you perform for each step? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 255 ( Question Set 6 ) 

DRAG DROP
-

You are developing a Power Apps app for a company. The app will interact with the company's enterprise resource planning (ERP) system. The app allows users to create quotes for customers. You are creating a plug-
in for the app.

The solution must meet the following requirements:

• Display an error message if there is no account associated with a quote and prevent changes to the quote.
• Synchronize quotes with the external ERP system.

You need configure the plug-in execution pipeline.

Which pipeline stages should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate pipeline stages to the correct requirements. Each pipeline stage may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split
bar between panes or scroll to view content.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 256 ( Question Set 6 )


Case study -

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must
manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about
the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot
return to this section.

To start the case study -

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on
the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Background -

Northwind Traders uses Microsoft Dynamics 365 Sales to manage its sales process. To better understand its customers, Northwind Traders invests in a team of researchers who gather data from multiple sources. The
company stores the data it collects in a Microsoft Azure SQL Database. The company plans to use the data to enrich account records and make the sales team more effective.

Current environment -

Environment -

• The company has three Microsoft Power Platform environments with Dynamics 365 Sales installed. The environments are named development, test, and production.
• Each environment has an application user that can be used for integrations.
• The company must use solutions to perform all customization and configuration deployment.

Data -

• Researchers are responsible for creating account records.

• Researchers have permissions on the Account table to create records, read all records, and update records they own.
• A synchronous plug-in runs when an account record is created and could reassign the record to a different user.
• Users must access data as themselves to enforce security and audit changes.
• A column named new_dataid is added to the Account table. The column uniquely identifies which data it should receive.
• Researchers have researched only the top 20 percent of account records.

Web API -

• The company creates an Azure Function to run a RESTful .NET Web API.
• Data can be retrieved by placing a GET request to the URL https://dataservice-[ENVIRONMENTNAME].azurewebsites.net/enrich/[DATAID].
• [ENVIRONMENTNAME] is the name of the Microsoft Power Platform environment that requests the data.
• [DATAID] is the new_dataid column in the Account table.
• The Web API response will return a 200 response plus data if the DataId is found. Otherwise, a 404 response is returned.
• Developers plan to create a custom connector from the Web API to make it accessible from Microsoft Power Platform.

Requirements -

Custom connector -

• The Web API definition used to create the custom connector must be generated based on a low-code technology.
• The URL used by the custom connector must incorporate the current environment name without hardcoding values.
• Errors generated by the custom connector must not cause downstream processes to fail.
• Text descriptions and field placeholder text that describe the use of the custom connector must appear for non-developers.

Process -

• All account records must be updated with data from the Web API once automatically.
• Only account records that contain a DataId should be updated by the Web API.
• Researchers must create Power Automate flows to specify data analysis priority.
• The researchers require a process that repurposes a set of identical steps of parameterized Microsoft Dataverse queries from a Power Automate flow for use in other flows that have different parameters. The
researchers want to avoid recreating the steps manually each time they create a flow to save time and avoid errors.

Issues -

• A tester attempts to connect to the production instance of the Web API with a DataId that should return data. The tester receives an error stating that the remote name could not be resolved.
• A missing component causes an error to occur when importing the solution that contains the Power Automate flow to update account records in a test environment.

You need to determine the cause of the 404 error when connecting to the production instance of the Web API.

What do you identify?

A. The web service lacks data for the record.

B. An authentication error occurred.
C. The request timed-out.
D. The host name in the URL is missing a valid value.

Answer : A
 Question 257 ( Question Set 6 ) 
You manage a Microsoft Power Automate cloud flow. The cloud flow queries Microsoft Dataverse data by using the List rows action.

You need to configure the cloud flow to process 10,000 records in a single run.

What should you do? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Set the row count parameter to 10,000.

B. Return the first 5,000 records and use the @odata.nextLink in the response to return the remaining records.
C. Create the query by using FetchXML and set the top parameter to 10,000.
D. Turn on pagination and set the threshold to 10,000.

Answer : BD

Question 258 ( Question Set 6 )


A company requires a plug-in that makes multiple requests to an external web service. The plug-in must not time out when the web service has issues or is slow to respond.

You need to create the plug-in.

What should you do?

A. Assign the IOrganizationService object to a member variable.

B. Register the plug-in to run synchronously.
C. Register the plug-in step once for each web service request.
D. Set the HTTP connection KeepAlive property to false.

Answer : D

Question 259 ( Question Set 6 )


HOTSPOT
-

Field technicians use a canvas app to update Microsoft Dataverse data. The app is designed to work when it is not connected to the internet.

The app requires a plug-in to apply business logic after records are updated. Unhandled exceptions must not prevent records from saving or syncing.

You need to register the plug-in step to apply the business logic.

Which values should you use for each plug-in step setting? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 260 ( Question Set 7 )


HOTSPOT -
A company updates their client contact information periodically. The contact entity has alternate keys defined.
You have the following code. (Line numbers are included for reference only.)

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Answer :

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/common-data-service/use-alternate-key-create-record

Question 261 ( Question Set 7 )


HOTSPOT -
A company is building a new model-driven app.
The app must integrate with a number of on-premises and cloud solutions. No VPNs are in place.
You need to determine the method for each integration.
Which methods should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :
Box 1: Webhook -
With Dataverse, you can send data about events that occur on the service to a web app by using webhooks. A webhook is a lightweight HTTP pattern for connecting web APIs and services with a publish-and-subscribe
model. Webhook senders notify receivers about events by making requests to receiver endpoints with some information about the events.
Webhooks enable developers and ISVs to integrate Dataverse data with their own custom code hosted on external services.

Box 2: Azure Service Bus -

Service Bus provides a secure and reliable communication channel between Dataverse runtime data and external, cloud-based line-of-business apps. This capability is especially useful in keeping disparate Dataverse
systems or other Dataverse servers synchronized with business data changes.

Box 3: Azure Event hub -

Azure Event Hubs is a big data streaming platform and event ingestion service. It can receive and process millions of events per second. Data sent to an event hub can be transformed and stored by using any real-time
analytics provider or batching/storage adapters.
Note: The most popular approaches in Dataverse involve webhooks, Azure messaging (Service Bus, Event Hubs), Azure Logic Apps, or Power Automate.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/common-data-service/why-cds-any-type-app

Question 262 ( Question Set 7 ) 

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than
once correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.
You are designing a one-way integration from the Microsoft Dataverse to another system.
You must use an Azure Function to update the other system. The integration must send only newly created records to the other system. The solution must support scenarios where a component of the integration is
unavailable for more than a few seconds to avoid data loss.
You need to design the integration solution.
Solution: Register a webhook in the Dataverse instance that connects to the Azure Function. Register a step on the webhook which runs synchronously on the record's Create message and in the post-operation stage.
Does the solution meet the goal?

A. Yes
B. No

Answer : B

Instead use asynchronous communication.

Question 263 ( Question Set 7 ) 

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than
once correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.
You are designing a one-way integration from the Microsoft Dataverse to another system.
You must use an Azure Function to update the other system. The integration must send only newly created records to the other system. The solution must support scenarios where a component of the integration is
unavailable for more than a few seconds to avoid data loss.
You need to design the integration solution.
Solution: Register a service endpoint in the Dataverse instance that connects to an Azure Service Bus queue.
Register a step at the endpoint which runs asynchronously on the record's Create message and in the post-operation stage.
Configure the Azure Function to process records as they are added to the queue.
Does the solution meet the goal?

A. Yes
B. No

Answer : B

Need a plug-in or a custom workflow.

Note: Plug-ins are one of two methods used to initiate posting the message containing the data context to the Azure Service Bus, the other method being a custom workflow activity.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/common-data-service/azure-integration

Question 264 ( Question Set 7 )


Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than
once correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.
You are designing a one-way integration from the Microsoft Dataverse to another system.
You must use an Azure Function to update the other system. The integration must send only newly created records to the other system. The solution must support scenarios where a component of the integration is
unavailable for more than a few seconds to avoid data loss.
You need to design the integration solution.
Solution: Configure the Azure Function with a timer trigger that runs every five minutes. The function will query the Dataverse instance and process records created in the last five minutes.
Does the solution meet the goal?

A. Yes
B. No

Answer : B

Instead use Azure Service Bus queue solution with asynchronous communication.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/common-data-service/azure-integration

Question 265 ( Question Set 7 ) 

DRAG DROP -
An organization uses plug-ins to retrieve specific information from legacy data stores each time a new order is submitted.
You review the Microsoft Dataverse analytics page. The average plug-in execution time is increasing.
You need to replace the plug-in with another component, reusing as much of the current plug-in code as possible.
Which five actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Step 1: Create an Azure Function app

Azure Functions provide an excellent way to deliver a solution using WebHooks.
Step 2: Refactor the plug-in logic in the app.

Step 3: Publish the app -

You can publish your function app to Azure directly from Visual Studio.
Step 4: Register a webhook for the app in the Plug-in Registration tool
Use the Plug-in Registration tool to register a WebHook.
Step 5: Register a step in the webhook.
Registering a step for a WebHook is like registering a step for a plug-in.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/use-webhooks https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/register-web-hook

Question 266 ( Question Set 7 )


DRAG DROP -
You need to select the appropriate methods using Azure Event Grid.
Which method should you use for each requirement? To answer, drag the appropriate methods to the correct requirements. Each method may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the
split bar between panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Box 1: Event handler -

An event handler is the place where the event is sent. The handler takes some further action to process the event.

Box 2: Event subscription -

Event subscriptions - The endpoint or built-in mechanism to route events, sometimes to more than one handler. Subscriptions are also used by handlers to intelligently filter incoming events.
Incorrect Answers:
Events - What happened.
Event sources - Where the event took place.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/event-grid/event-handlers https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/event-grid/overview

Question 267 ( Question Set 7 )


HOTSPOT -
You create a Power Platform solution to track purchasing requirements for bills of material (BOMs) and their subcomponents.
The solution must meet the following requirements:
✑ Ensure that the BOMs are enabled to include the necessary subcomponents.
✑ Report changes to the BOMs or their sub-components that are made by engineers.
You need to configure the solution.
What should you do to meet each requirement? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: Configure entity relationship

Box 2: Configure entity change tracking
The change tracking feature in Microsoft Dataverse provides a way to keep the data synchronized in an efficient manner by detecting what data has changed since the data was initially extracted or last synchronized.
Previously, without this new feature, it was difficult to build a reliable and efficient mechanism to determine what records had changed in Dataverse.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/use-change-tracking-synchronize-data-external-systems

Question 268 ( Question Set 7 )


Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than
once correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.
You are designing a one-way integration from the Microsoft Dataverse to another system.
You must use an Azure Function to update the other system. The integration must send only newly created records to the other system. The solution must support scenarios where a component of the integration is
unavailable for more than a few seconds to avoid data loss.
You need to design the integration solution.
Solution: Register a service endpoint in the Dataverse instance that connects to an Azure Service Bus queue.
Create and register an Azure-aware plug-in that uses the service endpoint.
Register a step on the plug-in that runs asynchronously on the record's Create message and in the post-operation stage.
Configure the Azure Function to process records as they are added to the queue.
Does the solution meet the goal?

A. Yes
B. No

Answer : A

Plug-ins are one of two methods used to initiate posting the message containing the data context to the Azure Service Bus, the other method being a custom workflow activity.
Note: Microsoft Dataverse supports integration with Azure.
For the Dataverse and Azure connection to work, there must be at least one solution in an Azure Service Bus solution account, where the solution contains one or more service endpoints.
For a queue endpoint contract, a listener doesn‫ג‬€™t have to be actively listening.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/common-data-service/azure-integration
 Question 269 ( Question Set 7 )

HOTSPOT -
You create an alternate key named AlternateKey1 on the Account entity. The definition for AlternateKey1 is shown in the following exhibit:

Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that answers each question based on the information presented in the graphic.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: The combination of Account Number and Account Name must be unique
With alternate keys you can now define a column in a Dataverse table to correspond to a unique identifier or unique combination of columns.
Box 2: Delete AlternateKey1 and re-create it with all three fields
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/define-alternate-keys-entity

Question 270 ( Question Set 7 ) 

HOTSPOT -
A delivery service uses a canvas app to track and deliver packages. The app uses SQL Server as a data store. The database includes the following tables:

The app includes the following code to save all required information. (Line numbers are included for reference only.)
For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

The ClearCollect function deletes all the records from a collection.

Syntax: ClearCollect( Collection, Item, ... )
Collection ‫ג‬€" Required. The collection that you want to clear and then add data to.
Item(s) - Required. One or more records or tables to add to the data source.

Box 1: Yes -
The Patch function in Power Apps modifies or creates one or more records in a data source, or merges records outside of a data source.
Use Patch with the Defaults function to create records.

Box 2: No -
The return value of Patch is the record that you modified or created. If you created a record, the return value may include properties that the data source generated automatically. However, the return value doesn't
provide a value for fields of a related table.
For example, you use Set(MyAccount, Patch(Accounts, First(Account), 'Account Name': "Example name"); and then MyAccount.'Primary Contact'.'Full Name'. You can't yield a full name in this case. Instead, to access
the fields of a related table, use a separate lookup such as:
LookUp(Accounts, Account = MyAccount.Account).'Primary Contact'.'Full Name

Box 3: Yes -

Box 4: Yes -
Merge records outside of a data source.
Specify two or more records that you want to merge. Records are processed in the order from the beginning of the argument list to the end, with later property values overriding earlier ones.
Patch returns the merged record and doesn't modify its arguments or records in any data sources.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/functions/function-clear-collect-clearcollect
 Question 271 ( Question Set 7 )

A company plans to replicate a Dynamics 365 Sales database into an Azure SQL Database instance for reporting purposes. The Data Export Service solution has been installed.
You need to configure the Data Export service.
Which three actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Enable auditing for all entities that must be replicated to Azure SQL Database.
B. Create an export profile that specifies all the entities that must be replicated.
C. Set up server-based integration.
D. Enable change tracking for all entities that must be replicated to Azure SQL Database.
E. Create an Azure SQL Database service in the same tenant as the Dynamics 365 Sales environment.

Answer : ABD

B: The Export Profile is the core concept of the Data Export Service. The Export Profile gathers set up and configuration information to synchronize data with the destination database. As part of the Export Profile, the
administrator provides a list of entities to be exported to the destination database.
D: Only entities that have change tracking enabled can be added to the Export Profile.
Incorrect Answers:
E: To use the Data Export Service the customer engagement apps (i.e., Dynamics 365 Sales, Dynamics 365 Customer Service, Dynamics 365 Field Service,
Dynamics 365 Marketing, and Dynamics 365 Project Service Automation) and Azure Key Vault services must operate under the same tenant and within the same
Azure Active Directory. However, the Azure SQL Database service can be in the same or a different tenant.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/replicate-data-microsoft-azure-sql-database

Question 272 ( Question Set 7 )


HOTSPOT -
A company must copy customer account data changes from a Microsoft Dataverse instance into an external system. Azure Storage Queues are used to pass the changes from Dataverse to the external system.
You have the following code. (Line numbers are included for reference only.)

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 3: No -
Either new/updated or removed/deleted.

Question 273 ( Question Set 7 )


You are creating a Power Automate flow.
You create an Azure Service Bus listener app that receives requests from a third-party application.
When the flow calls the message queue, it must delete the message as soon as it is read.
You need to ensure that the queue is cleared properly.
Which method or class should you use?

A. ReceiveMode
B. BrokeredMessage
C. EventHubReceiver
D. EventHubSender

Answer : A

ReceiveMode enumerates the values for the receive mode. The default is PeekLock.
Fields:
PeekLock: Specifies the PeekLock receive mode. This is the default value for ReceiveMode.
ReceiveAndDelete: Specifies the ReceiveAndDelete receive mode.
Note: You can specify two different modes in which Service Bus receives messages.
✑ Receive and delete. In this mode, when Service Bus receives the request from the consumer, it marks the message as being consumed and returns it to the consumer application.
✑ Peek lock.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/service-bus-messaging/service-bus-queues-topics-subscriptions https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/api/microsoft.servicebus.messaging.receivemode

Question 274 ( Question Set 7 )


As part of the month-end financial closing process, a company uses a batch job to copy all orders into a staging database.
The staging database is used to calculate any outstanding amounts owed by clients, and must process all historical data.
You need to ensure that only the data affected during the month is included in the integration process.
What are two possible ways to achieve this goal? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Use change tracking on the orders and run the integration to retrieve new orders and the orders that have the total amount changed in the last month.
B. Create a system view with the orders that have the Modified On field in the last month and run the integration on this subset.
C. Use change tracking on the order lines and run the integration every week and retrieve only the order lines that have been created or deleted in the last month.
D. Create a system view with the order lines that have the Modified On field in the last month and run the integration on this subset.

Answer : CD

C: The change tracking feature in Microsoft Dataverse provides a way to keep the data synchronized in an efficient manner by detecting what data has changed since the data was initially extracted or last
synchronized. Deletions and creations are tracked.
D: On modified Order Lines, not on Modified Orders.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/use-change-tracking-synchronize-data-external-systems https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/behavior-
format-date-time-attribute

Question 275 ( Question Set 7 )


A company is creating a one-way integration from Microsoft Dataverse to an external system. Data will be sent from a webhook to an Azure Function.
You need to configure the Azure Function to handle data from the webhook.
Which class and data type must the Azure Function handle?

A. RemoteExecutionContext in .NET binary format

B. RemoteExecutionContext in JSON format
C. RemoteExecutionContext in XML format
D. IPluginExecutionContext in JSON format
E. IPluginExecutionContext in XML format

Answer : B

The body will contain string that represents the JSON value of an instance of the RemoteExecutionContext class.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/use-webhooks

Question 276 ( Question Set 7 ) 

HOTSPOT -
An online store has a custom web page that allows customers to place their orders against a Microsoft Dataverse database that uses custom products. The custom web page uses Web API patterns to create and update
records.
Customers report that orders can be placed for out-of-stock items.
You need to update the page code to ensure that inventory is available before confirming an order.
Which pattern should you use for each step? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Answer :

Box 1: IsOptimisticConcurrencyEnabled
On a multi-threaded and multi-user system like Power Apps, operations and data changes often happen in parallel. A problem arises when two or more update or delete operations on the same piece of data happen at
the same time. This situation could potentially result in data loss. The optimistic concurrency feature provides the ability for your applications to detect whether a table record has changed on the server in the time
between when your application retrieved the record and when it tries to update or delete that record.

Box 2: If-Match: Etag -

Use If-Match and If-None-Match headers with ETag values to check whether the current version of a resource matches the one last retrieved, matches any previous version or matches no version. These comparisons
form the basis of conditional operation support. Dataverse provides ETags to support conditional retrievals, optimistic concurrency, and limited upsert operations.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/optimistic-concurrency https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/webapi/perform-conditional-operations-
using-web-api

Question 277 ( Question Set 7 ) 

HOTSPOT -
You need to package and deploy a Power Apps code component to an environment.
Which commands should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Answer :

Box 1: pac solution init --publisher-name

Create a new solutions project using the following command. The solution project is used for bundling the code component into a solution zip file that is used for importing into Dataverse. pac solution init --publisher-
name developer --publisher-prefix de

Box 2: pac auth create -

Connecting to your environment.
Auth commands are used to authenticate to Dataverse.
Creates the authentication profile for your organization by passing the url parameter. Shows AAD dialog if sign in credentials are not specified.
Example: pac auth create --url https://Myorg.crm.dynamics.com
Box 3: pac pcf push --publisher-prefix

Deploying code components -

After you have successfully created an authentication profile, you can start pushing the code components to the Dataverse instance with all the latest changes.
The push capability speeds up the inner-developer cycle development because it bypasses the code component versioning requirements and does not require that you build your solution (cdsproj) to import the code
component.
To use the push capability, do the following:
1. Ensure that you have a valid authentication profile created.
2. Navigate to the directory where the sample component file is located.
3. Run the command.
pac pcf push --publisher-prefix <your publisher prefix>
Incorrect:
Commands for working with Dataverse solution projects include:

Parameter init -
Initializes the solution project. It has the following parameters: publisher-name: Publisher name of the organization. publisher-prefix: Publisher prefix of the organization.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/developer/component-framework/import-custom-controls

Question 278 ( Question Set 7 ) 

You are creating an integration between Microsoft Dataverse and an external system.

Messages from Dataverse must be sent to Microsoft Azure Service Bus. An Azure Function will process the messages. Events must be published directly to the ServiceEndpoint for Azure Service Bus.

You need to create code for the messages.

Which class should you use?

A. RemoteExecutionContext
B. IWorkflowContext
C. IPluginExecutionContext
D. IExecutionContext

Answer : A

Question 279 ( Question Set 7 ) 

You are developing a Power Platform solution. The solution connects to a third-party accounting system by using a Web API through a Power Apps app that automatically exchanges contacts with the sales data.

You have the following code: (Line numbers are included for reference only.)
You need to ensure that the code only synchronizes data that was not previously synchronized.

Which code segment should you insert at line 02?

A. Prefer: odata.track-changes
B. Prefer: odata.allow-entityreferences
C. Prefer: odata.include-annotations

Answer : A

Question 280 ( Question Set 7 ) 

A company uses a custom Power Platform app to create and manage programs. The company has a public website that uses TLS 1.0.

The public website is outside of the corporate domain. The website uses POST requests to save data.

You need to automate the transfer of data to the public website.

What should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 281 ( Question Set 7 )


The communication department for a company plans to add a publicly accessible survey page to the company’s public website.

You must add the new survey page to the company’s public website and capture data from the page to a Microsoft Dataverse environment.

Explicit user credentials must not be required to write survey data to Dataverse.

You need to implement authentication.

Which authentication mechanism should you implement?

A. Claims based
B. Microsoft 365
C. Azure guest account
D. Client secret
Answer : C

Question 282 ( Question Set 7 )


A company has a model-driven app that uses Microsoft Dataverse.

The company requires a web application that retrieves information from the model-driven app. The requirements for the web application include:

• Must be a single-page web application that uses the Web API.

• Must display the correct company information.
• Must authenticate using OAuth without additional verification.

You need to configure the web application.

Which two methods should you use?

Each correct answer presents a complete solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. NTLM authentication
B. Kerberos Authentication
C. Microsoft Azure Active Directory Authentication Libraries (ADAL)
D. Microsoft Authentication Library (MSAL)
E. multifactor authentication

Answer : CD

Question 283 ( Question Set 7 )


DRAG DROP
-

Case study
-

This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this exam. You must
manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this exam in the time provided.

To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information about
the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions in this case study.

At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you cannot
return to this section.

To start the case study

-
To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information displayed on
the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to return to the question.

Background
-

Northwind Traders uses Microsoft Dynamics 365 Sales to manage its sales process. To better understand its customers, Northwind Traders invests in a team of researchers who gather data from multiple sources. The
company stores the data it collects in a Microsoft Azure SQL Database. The company plans to use the data to enrich account records and make the sales team more effective.

Current environment
-

Environment
-

• The company has three Microsoft Power Platform environments with Dynamics 365 Sales installed. The environments are named development, test, and production.
• Each environment has an application user that can be used for integrations.
• The company must use solutions to perform all customization and configuration deployment.

Data
-

• Researchers are responsible for creating account records.

• Researchers have permissions on the Account table to create records, read all records, and update records they own.
• A synchronous plug-in runs when an account record is created and could reassign the record to a different user.
• Users must access data as themselves to enforce security and audit changes.
• A column named new_dataid is added to the Account table. The column uniquely identifies which data it should receive.
• Researchers have researched only the top 20 percent of account records.

Web API
-

• The company creates an Azure Function to run a RESTful .NET Web API.
• Data can be retrieved by placing a GET request to the URL https://dataservice-[ENVIRONMENTNAME].azurewebsites.net/enrich/[DATAID].
• [ENVIRONMENTNAME] is the name of the Microsoft Power Platform environment that requests the data.
• [DATAID] is the new_dataid column in the Account table.
• The Web API response will return a 200 response plus data if the DataId is found. Otherwise, a 404 response is returned.
• Developers plan to create a custom connector from the Web API to make it accessible from Microsoft Power Platform.

Requirements
-
Custom connector
-

• The Web API definition used to create the custom connector must be generated based on a low-code technology.
• The URL used by the custom connector must incorporate the current environment name without hardcoding values.
• Errors generated by the custom connector must not cause downstream processes to fail.
• Text descriptions and field placeholder text that describe the use of the custom connector must appear for non-developers.

Process
-

• All account records must be updated with data from the Web API once automatically.
• Only account records that contain a DataId should be updated by the Web API.
• Researchers must create Power Automate flows to specify data analysis priority.
• The researchers require a process that repurposes a set of identical steps of parameterized Microsoft Dataverse queries from a Power Automate flow for use in other flows that have different parameters. The
researchers want to avoid recreating the steps manually each time they create a flow to save time and avoid errors.

Issues
-

• A tester attempts to connect to the production instance of the Web API with a DataId that should return data. The tester receives an error stating that the remote name could not be resolved.
• A missing component causes an error to occur when importing the solution that contains the Power Automate flow to update account records in a test environment.

You need to configure a Power Automate flow to update account records by using the response from the Web API.

Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.

Answer :

Question 284 ( Question Set 7 )


The communication department for a company plans to add a publicly accessible survey page to the company’s public website.

You must add the new survey page to the company’s public website and capture data from the page to a Microsoft Dataverse environment.

Explicit user credentials must not be required to write survey data to Dataverse.

You need to implement authentication.

Which authentication mechanism should you implement?

A. Azure AD Conditional Access

B. Azure guest account
C. X.509 certificate
D. OAuth 2.0

Answer : B

Question 285 ( Question Set 7 ) 

HOTSPOT
-

You develop the following code as part of a plug-in that handles the Create message of the Account table.
For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Answer :

Question 286 ( Question Set 7 )


Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one
correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

A company requires custom validation when users save form records that use a synchronous plug-in.

If validation fails, a message that explains how to resolve the issue must be displayed on the form to the user.

You need to implement the custom validation.

Solution: Throw an InvalidPluginExecutionException with the message.

Does the solution meet the goal?

A. Yes
B. No

Answer : B
 Question 287 ( Question Set 7 )

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one
correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

A company requires custom validation when users save form records that use a synchronous plug-in.

If validation fails, a message that explains how to resolve the issue must be displayed on the form to the user.

You need to implement the custom validation.

Solution: Include the message in the output parameters of the plug-in.

Does the solution meet the goal?

A. Yes
B. No

Answer : A

Question 288 ( Question Set 7 ) 

Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one
correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

A company requires custom validation when users save form records that use a synchronous plug-in.

If validation fails, a message that explains how to resolve the issue must be displayed on the form to the user.

You need to implement the custom validation.

Solution: Use the tracing service to log the message.

Does the solution meet the goal?

A. Yes
B. No

Answer : B

Question 289 ( Question Set 7 )


Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one
correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.

After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.

A company requires custom validation when users save form records that use a synchronous plug-in.

If validation fails, a message that explains how to resolve the issue must be displayed on the form to the user.

You need to implement the custom validation.

Solution: Throw a custom exception with the message.

Does the solution meet the goal?

A. Yes
B. No

Answer : B

Question 290 ( Question Set 7 ) 

You develop code that will perform an update to existing records in a table.

The update must occur based on the alternate key configured for the table.

You need to perform the update.

Which two requests should you use? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. UpdateRequest
B. UpsertRequest
C. CreateRequest
D. RetrieveRequest
Answer : AB

Question 291 ( Question Set 8 )


Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series contains a unique solution. Determine whether the solution meets the stated goals. Some question sets
might have more than once correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review screen.
A university implements Dynamics 365 Sales. Several departments use opportunity records to bid for funding for projects within their own departments. You configure the system to ensure that each department can
only work on their own records.
Employees in multiple departments often need to work together on an opportunity. Employees report that they are not able to see opportunities from other departments.
You need to ensure that employees from more than one department can work on the same opportunities when necessary.
Solution: Share the individual opportunity that members of one department are working on with all members of the second department, and give those members the appropriate permissions.
Does the solution meet the goal?

A. Yes
B. No

Answer : B

Instead: Use position hierarchy security and define the two departments as positions.
Two security models can be used for hierarchies, the Manager hierarchy and the Position hierarchy. The Position hierarchy allows data access across business units. If you are a financial organization, you may prefer
the Manager hierarchy model, to prevent managers‫ג‬€™ accessing data outside of their business units.
However, if you are a part of a customer service organization and want the managers to access service cases handled in different business units, the Position hierarchy may work better for you.
Note: The hierarchy security model is an extension to the existing security models that use business units, security roles, sharing, and teams. It can be used in conjunction with all other existing security models. The
hierarchy security offers a more granular access to records for an organization and helps to bring the maintenance costs down.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/hierarchy-security

Question 292 ( Question Set 8 )


DRAG DROP -
You need to develop a Power Apps Component Framework (PCF) component for a company.
You must follow Microsoft's application lifecycle management (ALM) process for code components.
Which four actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:
Answer :

Development and debugging ALM considerations

When developing code components, you would follow the steps below:
1. Create code component project (pcfproj) from a template using pac pcf init.
2. Implement code component logic.
3. Debug the code component using the local test harness.
4. Create a solution project (cdsproj) and add the code component project as a reference.
5. Build the code component in release mode for distribution and deployment.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/developer/component-framework/code-components-alm#building-pcfproj-code-component-projects

Question 293 ( Question Set 8 )


DRAG DROP -
You create a new canvas app.
You update a test case and must test the app in a separate browser.
You need to test the app by using Test Studio.
Which four actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:
Answer :

Step 1: Select a test suite -

Step 2: Select Copy play link -

Playing tests in a browser -

You can copy a link to play a test in separate browser outside Test Studio. It helps integrate your tests in a continuous build and release pipeline such as Azure
DevOps.
The play link for the selected test is persisted. It doesn't change for the test suite or test case. You can update your tests without the need to modify build and release processes.
To play tests in your browser:
1. Select a test suite or test case in the right pane.
2. Select Copy play link.
3. You're prompted to publish your tests if there are any unpublished changes.
4. You can select to skip the publish process and copy the play link. New test changes don't play if you skip.
5. Open a browser and paste the URL into the address bar to play the test.
6. View your test playing back.

Step 3: Publish the test -

Step 4: Open a browser and paste the URL for the app inte the address bar
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/maker/canvas-apps/working-with-test-studio

Question 294 ( Question Set 8 )


HOTSPOT -
You create a Power Apps component framework component.
You need to test the component.
Which option should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: F12 and select component -

Using browser developer tools to debug your code component
Modern browsers have a built-in set of developer tools that allow you to inspect the HTML, CSS, and JavaScript loaded on the current page. You can access these developer tools using the keyboard shortcut
Ctrl+Shift+I. Using the F12 key is also a common keyboard shortcut to open the developer tools.

Box 2: Data Inputs -

Data Inputs is an interactive UI that displays all the properties and their types or type-groups defined in the manifest file. The contents of this area are dependent on the properties and datasets defined in the
ControlManifest.Input.xml and allows providing mock data for test purposes.

Box 3: Context Inputs -

Context Inputs is shown for all code component types:
* Form Factor: Provides a way to specify the form factor and test the code component with each form factor (web, tablet, phone). This is helpful when the code component changes its layout depending on where the
component is loaded. You can detect the form factor in the code using context.client.getFormFactor().
* etc.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/developer/component-framework/debugging-custom-controls
Power Apps debug component in Microsoft Edge

Question 295 ( Question Set 8 )


You are implementing business logic for a model-driven app form by using multiple JavaScript web resources.
The business logic, number of JavaScript files, and the columns that the business logic requires are expected to change frequently. Some form fields will not be visible. Occasionally, non-developers will also make
changes to the form.
You need to prevent columns referenced by the JavaScript from accidentally being removed from the form based.
What should you do?

A. Hide columns that should not be displayed.

B. Set all columns as business required.
C. Add all columns as non-event dependencies to the form.
D. Add columns in each JavaScript file as a dependency.

Answer : D

Column dependencies -
Starting with model-driven apps, if your JavaScript web resource depends on a table column value that you don‫ג‬€™t want to display in the form, you can set the column as a dependency for the JavaScript web
resource. This means that the column will be available within the client API columns collection so you can get or set the value in your code. When you add a dependency this way, the controls collection of the column
will be empty because there will be no control on the form.
Before this feature you would need to manually add the column to the form and then configure the control to be hidden. Now you can establish this dependency more directly and eliminate the possibility that
someone will remove the hidden column from the form.
Incorrect:
Not A: Hiding form elements is not a recommended way to enforce security. There are several ways people can view all the elements and data in the form when elements are hidden.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/maker/model-driven-apps/visibility-options-legacy

Question 296 ( Question Set 8 ) 

You are creating a model-driven app for Contoso, Ltd. You add a button to the account page. The button must send a text message to the company's account team when a user selects the button.
The account team reports that they are not receiving messages when users select the button. You are troubleshooting the app by using the following hyperlink: https://contoso.com.dynamics.com/main.aspx?
appid=3b157789-5e5b-ec11-8f8f-002248087922&ribbondebug=true
What is the purpose of the hyperlink?

A. Run Command Checker for all buttons on the page.

B. Add the Power Apps Checker button to the page.
C. Run Power Apps Checker for all buttons on the page.
D. Add the Command Checker button to the page.

Answer : D

To enable Command Checker, pass ribbondebug=true as a URL parameter (ex: https://myorg.crm.dynamics.com/main.aspx?appid=c26d1c44-e7c0-4c72-9d6d-

0e82768cb5bd&ribbondebug=true). You‫ג‬€™ll see two new UI features light up. The first is a new button in the top right of the header which lets you inspect the global command bar

Next, each command bar contains a new ‫ג‬€Command checker‫ג‬€ button. Note that this shows up at the end of the ribbon, so you may have to click the overflow
flyout.

Reference:
https://powerapps.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/introducing-command-checker-for-model-app-ribbons/

Question 297 ( Question Set 8 )


A company uses Microsoft Dataverse rollup fields to calculate insurance exposure and risk profiles for customers.
Users report that the system does not update values for the rollup fields when new insurance policies are written.
You need to recalculate the value of the rollup fields immediately after a policy is created.
What should you do?

A. Create new calculated fields on the customer entity for insurance exposure and risk. Create a formula to calculate the sum of values from policy records.
B. Change the frequency of the Calculate Rollup Field recurring job from every hour to every five minutes.
C. Create a plug-in that uses the update method for the rollup fields. Configure a step on the Create event for the policy entity for this plug-in.
D. Create a plug-in that uses the CalculateRollupFieldRequest method for the rollup field. Configure a step on the Create event for the policy entity for this plug-in.

Answer : D

Retrieve a calculated rollup column value immediately

Rollup columns support a CalculateRollupField message that developers can use to calculate a rollup column value on demand. The request and response, along with the members, are shown in the following table.

This message is a synchronous operation for just the column identified in the request. If the value of that record is included as part of other rollup columns, the
values of those columns won't take the possible value change caused by calling this method into consideration until the regularly scheduled asynchronous jobs
that perform those calculations occur.

Question 298 ( Question Set 8 )


You are developing a Power Platform app.
The app must implement a two-way listener to an on-premises system by using Microsoft Azure Service Bus. You create an Azure Service Bus namespace and messaging entity. You must add the shared access policies.
You need to select the permissions for the messaging entity.
Which two permissions should you use? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
A. System customizer
B. Listen
C. Read
D. Send
E. Manage

Answer : BD

The messaging entity must have the Send policy permission at a minimum. For a two-way relay, the policy must also have the Listen permission.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/walkthrough-configure-azure-sas-integration

Question 299 ( Question Set 8 )


DRAG DROP -
You are creating a model-driven app for a company. Sales team members will use the app to manage leads. The app will interact with the Microsoft Dataverse
Leads table.
You must configure the app to meet the following requirements:
1. If the estimated value for a lead is greater than $10,000 the app must:
✑ Send an email to a manager.
✑ Display a field named Sponsor on the lead form.
2. If the estimated value for a lead is greater than $100,000 the app must:
✑ Send an email to the company's vice president.
✑ Display the following message as a notification while the lead record is open: High value customer, handle with care.
You need to configure the app. The solution must minimize the use of code.
Which options should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate options to the correct requirements. Each option may be used once, more than once, or not at all.
You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Box 1: Power Automate flow -

Here are the top how-to scenarios for email in Microsoft Power Automate, with examples of how to achieve them.
1. Send a beautifully formatted email.
2. Add an image to your email.
3. Send email to a distribution list.
4. Send automatic replies from a shared mailbox.
5. Change the date and time format of an email.

Box 2: Business rule -

Business Rules in PowerApps -

Set values of a field.
Clear values of a field.
Set field requirement levels.
Show or hide fields.
Enable or disable fields.
Validate data and show error messages.
Create business recommendations based on business intelligence.

Box 3: Onload script -

Display the following message as a notification while the lead record is open: High value customer, handle with care.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/email-customization https://imperiumdynamics.com/blog/business-rules-in-powerapps.html

Question 300 ( Question Set 8 )


HOTSPOT -
Contoso, Ltd. has a database that stores proprietary stock market information that the company has accumulated over many years.
You create a RESTful service for the company that exposes specific information about stocks. You must make the service available to the company's brokers. The service must be certified by Microsoft.
You need to create a custom connector for the service APIs.
How should you configure the connector? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1:Contoso, Ltd.

publisher and stackOwner properties
"publisher" is the name of your company or organization. Provide the full company name (for example, "Contoso Corporation"). This must be in alphanumeric format.
"stackOwner" is the owning company or organization of the back-end service stack that the connector is connecting to. This must be in alphanumeric format

Box 2: apiProperties.json -
The publisher and stackOwner properties exist as top-level properties within the apiProperties.json file.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/connectors/custom-connectors/certification-submission

Question 301 ( Question Set 8 )


You are troubleshooting a new canvas app.
Users report the app loads slowly. You use the Monitor tool to view various events being performed in the app. Events performed in the app do not have formula details.
You need to enable formulas to be included with the Monitor tool events.
What should you do?

A. Add the Microsoft Azure Application Insights data source to the canvas app
B. After each event, implement the trace function within the canvas app
C. Turn on the Debug published app setting in the canvas app
D. Validate the Application Insights instrumentation key has been populated in the app object‫ג‬€™s properties within the canvas app

Answer : C
Setting: Debug published app -
If you want to view the source expressions in Monitor for the published app, you need to turn on the setting to publish the expressions with the app. This setting is similar to generating a debug file in traditional
development. Publishing source expressions with your app is optional. Even when this setting is off, you'll be able to see the events happening in your app, but you won't be able to map these events to specific
expressions or formulas.
To enable this setting, go to File > Settings, and then turn on Debug published app.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/maker/monitor-canvasapps

Question 302 ( Question Set 8 )


DRAG DROP -
You have several model-driven apps.
You must ensure that app creators and system administrators can customize the apps. You must follow the principle of least privilege.
You need to assign the permissions that are needed for app creators and system administrators.
Which security roles should you assign? To answer, drag the appropriate roles to the correct requirements. Each role may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes
or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point
Select and Place:

Answer :

Box 1: System Customizer -

System Customizer - Create (self), Read (self), Write (self), Delete (self), Customizations
Has full permission to customize the environment. However, can only view records for environment tables that they create.
Box 2: System Administrator only

System Administrator -
Create, Read, Write, Delete, Customizations, Security Roles
Has full permission to customize or administer the environment, including creating, modifying, and assigning security roles. Can view all data in the environment.
Box 3: System Administrator only
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/maker/model-driven-apps/share-model-driven-app

Question 303 ( Question Set 8 )


DRAG DROP -
You are creating a plug-in for a Power Apps app for the human resources department at the company. The app will be used to process new employees and help employees apply for an identification card.
You have the following requirements:
✑ Applications must not be marked as complete if the employee has not completed mandatory drug screening.
✑ Add logic that stores the name of the human resources team member that approves an application. This step must be completed before an ID card is created for the applicant.
✑ Successful validation and ID card printing.
You need to configure the event pipeline.
Select and Place:
Answer :

Box 1: PreValidation -
Applications must not be marked as complete if the employee has not completed mandatory drug screening.
If you want to change any values for an entity included in the message, you should do it here.
Pre-validation stage executes outside Database Transaction which will not rollback the entire operations written in the plugin if there is any runtime error occurs in one operation. This provides an opportunity to
include logic to cancel the operation before the database transaction.

Box 2: PreOperation -
Add logic that stores the name of the human resources team member that approves an application. This step must be completed before an ID card is created for the applicant.
Pre-Operation stage executes inside database transaction due to which any runtime error occurs in a single operation in the plugin will rollback entire operations which are part of the plugin.

Box 3: PostOperation -
Successful validation and ID card printing.
Post Operation - Plug-ins registered in this stage are executed within the database transaction. Plugin will run after the values have been inserted/changed on the database
Reference:
https://softchief.com/2021/03/23/prevalidation-v-s-preopration-in-dynamics-365/ http://mscrmtechie.blogspot.com/2016/02/plugin-stages-pre-validation-pre.html

Question 304 ( Question Set 8 )


DRAG DROP -
You are developing a Power Platform solution. You are modifying a business process flow. You have created a new radial knob for the Total amount value and have added the radial knob to the form.
The Total amount value must be entered at initiation before moving to the next step.
You need to configure the business process flow.
Which four actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:
Answer :

Step 1: Add another step to the business process flow.

Configure custom controls on a related entity form
In this version of the preview, the easiest way to add custom controls to a BPF is to begin by adding them to a form of the entity that the BPF stage is defined on.
In our example, the Budget Amount and Decision Maker steps of the Qualify stage are defined on the Lead entity. We begin by adding these fields to the Lead main form, and then configure the radial knob and flip
switch custom controls for them.
Step 2: Open the business process in the Business Process Flow designer and select Activate/Update.
Generate and export the BPF form
To generate the form for a business process you want to add custom controls to, open the business process in the BPF designer and click on Activate/Update.
Step 3: Copy custom control configurations to the business process flow FormXML for the related entity form.
Copy custom control configurations to the BPF FormXML
To add custom controls to the BPF, we begin by copying the custom control configurations from the Lead entity form that we just exported. To do this, we begin by viewing the FormXML for the Lead entity form,
which can be found in the 'customizations' file in the solution zip file.
Step 4: Import the solution into Dataverse.
Import customizations into the CDS (aka Dataverse) environment
Now that we‫ג‬€™re done making our changes, save the customizations.xml document and add it to the managed solution zip file containing the BPF, replacing the file within it.
Next, import these changes into your CDS environment by going to the Solutions tab in the PowerApps portal and click ‫ג‬€˜Import‫ג‬€™.
Reference:
https://powerusers.microsoft.com/t5/Power-Automate-Community-Blog/Preview-Custom-Controls-in-Business-Process-Flows/ba-p/263237

Question 305 ( Testlet 1 )


DRAG DROP -
You need to select connectors for the app.
Which types of connectors should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate connectors to the correct requirements. Each connector may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar
between panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:
Answer :

Box 1: Create a custom connector

A custom connector is a wrapper around a REST API (Logic Apps also supports SOAP APIs) that allows Logic Apps, Power Automate, or Power Apps to communicate with that REST or SOAP API.
Box 2: Use an AppSource connector
You can only retrieve the Customer, UnifiedActivity, and Segments entities through the Power Apps connector. Other entities are shown because the underlying connector supports them through triggers in Power
Automate.
Scenario: Customer information is stored in the Accounts entity.
Box 3: Use a native application function
You must produce a report that details the number of registrations for a day and send the report as a PDF to the management team.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/connectors/custom-connectors/ https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/customer-insights/audience-insights/export-power-apps

Question 306 ( Testlet 10 )


You need to modify the Power Automate flow to resolve CustomerC's issue.
What should you do?

A. Add a configure run that is set to is successful.

B. Add a data operation that specifies the false conditions.
C. Add a condition containing approval hierarchy.
D. Add a timeout setting to the approval flow.

Answer : D

Scenario: CustomerC requested additional information from the parts department through the customer survey and has not received a response one week later.
Timeout in Power Automate Approval
Timeout in Power Automate Approval is setting which is allowing control what will happen when Approver will not act on time.
Default value is empty and it equals time of how long Flow can run so 30 days.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/sequential-modern-approvals

Question 307 ( Testlet 10 )


DRAG DROP -
You need to recommend solutions to meet the e-commerce automation requirements.
Which platform tools should you recommend? To answer, drag the appropriate tools to the correct requirements. Each tool may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between
panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:
Answer :

Box 1: Logic Apps -

Scenario: Ecommerce sales orders must be integrated into Dynamics 365 Finance and then exported to Azure every night.
For integration with Dynamics 365 Logic Apps can be used. It also supports scheduled actions.
For integration with Azure use Logic Apps, instead of Power Automate.
Incorrect Answers:
Workflow does not support run on schedule.
Power Automate does not support Azure integration. (For integration with Dynamics 365 Power Automate can be used. It also supports scheduled actions.)

Box 2: Power Automate -

Scenario: Submitted customer surveys must generate an email to the correct department. Approval and follow-up must occur within a week.
Power Automate has approval flows.
Incorrect Answers:
Workflow does not support Approval workflows.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoft-365/community/power-automate-vs-logic-apps https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/replace-workflows-with-flows

Question 308 ( Testlet 11 )


DRAG DROP -
You need to select a process to create each function.
Which process should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate processes to the correct functions. Each process may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or
scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Box 1: Power Automate -

Ensure that notifications are sent to the sales team when a lead is added by using Slack
Power Automate is a service that helps you create automated workflows between your favorite apps and services to synchronize files, get notifications, collect data, and more.

Box 2: Business rule -

By combining conditions and actions, you can do any of the following with business rules:

Set column values -

Clear column values -

Set column requirement levels -

Show or hide columns -

Enable or disable columns -

Validate data and show error messages
Create business recommendations based on business intelligence.
Box 3: Business process flow -
Ensure that leads have a review stage added to the sales process.
Use business process flows to define a set of steps for people to follow to take them to a desired outcome. These steps provide a visual indicator that tells people where they are in the business process.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/maker/data-platform/data-platform-create-business-rule https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/business-process-flows-overview

Question 309 ( Testlet 11 ) 

You need to create the model driven app for accounts designated as referrals.
What should you add to the app?

A. Workflow
B. Subgrid
C. Business rule
D. Flow
E. Chart

Answer : C

When the account is entered into the system, extra fields must appear if the referral customer box is selected. If the box is not selected, the extra fields must not appear.
Note: By combining conditions and actions, you can do any of the following with business rules:
✑ Set column values
✑ Clear column values
✑ Set column requirement levels
✑ Show or hide columns
✑ Enable or disable columns
✑ Validate data and show error messages
✑ Create business recommendations based on business intelligence.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/data-platform/data-platform-create-business-rule

Question 310 ( Testlet 12 )


You need to handle errors in UpdateRecord.js.
Which code segment should you add at line UR04?

A. catch(error) { alert("Caught error: " + error.message);}

B. Exception exception = Server.GetLastError(); if(exception != null)
C. Catch(exception e){ console.writeline(e)}
D. function (error){ console.log(error.message)}

Answer : A

The catch statement lets you handle the error.

Syntax: catch(err) {

Block of code to handle errors -

}
Reference:
https://www.w3schools.com/js/js_errors.asp

Question 311 ( Testlet 12 ) 

You need to configure the system to support automation for referrals.
What are two possible ways to achieve the goal? Each correct selection presents a complete solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Azure Function that uses the Discovery service

B. workflow extension
C. Azure Function that uses a listener
D. Power Automate flow

Answer : CD

C: You can use the File watcher function in Azure function app to process coping of files from source to destination.
Note: The FileSystemWatcher class listens to the file system change notifications and raises events when a directory, or file in a directory, changes.
Use FileSystemWatcher to watch for changes in a specified directory. You can watch for changes in files and subdirectories of the specified directory. You can create a component to watch files on a local computer, a
network drive, or a remote computer.
D: Power Automate is a service that helps you create automated workflows between your favorite apps and services to synchronize files, get notifications, collect data, and more.
Note: The company relies on referrals from athletes for new business. Bellows uses a third-party marketing company to gather feedback and referrals from athletes. The third-party marketing company uploads a
Microsoft Excel file containing lists of potential customers and players to the FTP site that Bellows Sports maintains.
Referrals must be imported into the system as soon as they are available.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/api/system.io.filesystemwatcher https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/

Question 312 ( Testlet 12 )


DRAG DROP -
You need to determine how to implement rules for players who register for a soccer tournament.
Which business rule actions should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate business rule actions to the correct fields. Each business rule action may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag
the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Scenario:

Weight: Set visibility action to No.

Age: Set Business Required action to Business required
Height: Set visibility action to No.

Question 313 ( Testlet 13 )


You need to connect to the background check API.
Which mechanism should you use?

A. JavaScript
B. Flow with a custom connector
C. Azure Function
D. Plug-in

Answer : B

While Azure Logic Apps, Microsoft Power Automate, and Microsoft Power Apps offer over 325+ connectors to connect to Microsoft and verified services, you may want to communicate with services that aren't
available as prebuilt connectors. Custom connectors address this scenario by allowing you to create (and even share) a connector with its own triggers and actions.
Note:
Each of the third-party services charge per result. Northwind wants to perform the background check processes only when necessary to minimize costs.

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/connectors/custom-connectors/

Question 314 ( Testlet 14 )


DRAG DROP -
You need to address the user interface issues.
What should you do? To answer, drag the appropriate actions to the correct issues. Each action may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view
content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Box 1: Add &ribbondebug=true to the end of the application URL.

Scenario: The captions for the New and Save buttons do not render properly on the form.
You can use the an in-app tool called the Command Checker to inspect the ribbon component definitions to help us determine why the button is not rendered correctly.
To enable the Command Checker, you must append a parameter &ribbondebug=true to your D365 application URL. For example: https:// yourorgname.crm.dynamics.com/main.aspx?appid=9ab590fc-d25e-ea11-
a81d-000d3ac2b3e6&ribbondebug=true

Box 2: Use the Ribbon Workbench -

Adding Buttons to Ribbons -

1. Download and install Ribbon Workbench.
2. Select a suitable ICON for your button.
3. Create a solution.
4. Edit the button in Ribbon Workbench.
5. Publish and test.
Reference:
https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/help/4552163/ribbon-troubleshooting-guide https://neilparkhurst.com/2015/10/19/adding-buttons-to-ribbons/

Question 315 ( Testlet 14 )


You need to add the script for the registration form event handling.
Which code segment should you use?

A. formContext.data.entity.addOnSave(myFunction)
B. formContext.data.addOnLoad(myFunction)
C. formContext.data.removeOnLoad(myFunction)
D. addOnPreProcessStatusChange
E. formContext.data.isValid()

Answer : B

Scenario: Information about upcoming tournaments must be pre-located into the registration form when the registration form loads. addOnLoad adds event handlers to the Subgrid OnLoad event event.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/model-driven-apps/clientapi/reference/grids/gridcontrol/addonload

Question 316 ( Testlet 14 ) 

You need to add the script to populate event data on the form.
Which code segment should you use?

A. formContext.data.addOnLoad(myFunction)
B. formContext.data.removeOnLoad(myFunction)
C. formContext.data.entity.addOnSave(myFunction)
D. addOnPreProcessStatusChange
E. formContext.data.isValid()

Answer : A

data.addOnLoad adds a function to be called when form data is loaded.

Syntax: formContext.data.addOnLoad(myFunction)
The function to be executed when the form data loads. The function will be added to the bottom of the event handler pipeline.
Incorrect:
Not D: Wrong syntax. Need a function parameter.
Note: addOnPreProcessStatusChange adds a function as an event handler for the OnPreProcessStatusChange event so that it will be called before the business process flow status changes.

Syntax: Syntax -
formContext.data.process.addOnPreProcessStatusChange(myFunction);
The function to be executed when the business process flow status changes. The function will be added to the start of the event handler pipeline.
Not E: IsValid() gets a boolean value indicating whether all of the form data is valid. This includes the main table and any unbound columns. If the form has empty, required columns on it, control-level error
notifications is shown.
Description: true if all of the form data is valid; false otherwise.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/developer/model-driven-apps/clientapi/reference/formcontext-data/addonload https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/developer/model-driven-
apps/clientapi/reference/formcontext-data-process/eventhandlers/ addonpreprocessstatuschange https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/model-driven-apps/clientapi/reference/formcontext-
data/isvalid

Question 317 ( Testlet 15 ) 

You need to configure that the mobile app meets the requirements for phone entries.
Which expression should you use?

A. IsBlank
B. IsType
C. PlainText
D. IsNumeric

Answer : D

When a pharmacy is added by using the mobile app, the phone number must be validated to be all digits.
Note: The IsNumeric function tests whether a value is numeric. Other kinds of values include Boolean, string, table, and record.
The return value is a Boolean true or false.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/functions/function-isnumeric

Question 318 ( Testlet 16 )


HOTSPOT -
You need to correct the portal query issues.
Which code should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Answer :

Scenario: The query for all registered users must return the data categorized by division. Queries must return only the Name and Sport fields. Queries return all fields. The query is as follows:

Box 1: GET ..$select=name, sport

Use select to return only the Name and Sport fields.
Box 2: $apply(groupby(sport ne null)
Categorize by division, that is to sports.

Question 319 ( Testlet 17 )


You need to ensure that Adventure Works Cycles can track information from visitors to bike fairs.
What should you create?

A. a Power Automate flow that connects with the bike fair Power Apps app to create a lead in Dynamics 365 Sales
B. a Power Automate flow that generates a new customer record in SharePoint.
C. a Power Automate flow to capture customer data from the bike fair Power Apps app in SharePoint and create a lead in Microsoft Teams.
D. a business process flow in Dynamics 365 Sales for capturing leads.

Answer : A

Scenario:
✑ Qualified leads must be collected from local bike fairs.
✑ Adventure Works Cycles uses a Power Apps app for local bike fairs to attract new customers.
By using a Dynamics 365 connector, you can create flows that initiate when an event occurs in Dynamics 365, or some other service, which then performs an action in Dynamics 365, or some other service.
In Power Automate, you can set up automated workflows between your favorite apps and services to synchronize files, get notifications, collect data, and more.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-automate/connection-dynamics365

Question 320 ( Testlet 17 ) 

You need to reduce the number of Azure consumption API calls for User2.
Which markup segment should you use?
A.

B.

C.
D.

Answer : C

Scenario: User2 reports that Azure consumption for API calls has increased significantly to 100 calls per minute in the last month.
Example:
In the following example, the rate limit of 10 calls per 60 seconds is keyed by the caller IP address. After each policy execution, the remaining calls allowed in the time period are stored in the variable
remainingCallsPerIP.
<policies>
<inbound>
<base />
<rate-limit-by-key calls="10"
renewal-period="60"
increment-condition="@(context.Response.StatusCode == 200)"
counter-key="@(context.Request.IpAddress)"
remaining-calls-variable-name="remainingCallsPerIP"/>
</inbound>
<outbound>
<base />
</outbound>
</policies>
Note: The rate-limit-by-key policy prevents API usage spikes on a per key basis by limiting the call rate to a specified number per a specified time period. The key can have an arbitrary string value and is typically
provided using a policy expression. Optional increment condition can be added to specify which requests should be counted towards the limit. When this call rate is exceeded, the caller receives a 429 Too Many
Requests response status code.
Incorrect Answers:
A: With renewal-period="30" 200 calls/minute would be allowed.
B: This would increase the calls/minute limit to 1000.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/api-management/api-management-access-restriction-policies

Question 321 ( Testlet 18 ) 

You need to create the customer mobile app.
Which type of function expression should you use?

A. Filter
B. Find
C. LookUp

Answer : C

The LookUp function finds the first record in a table that satisfies a formula. Use LookUp to find a single record that matches one or more criteria.

Scenario: Mobile app -

A custom mobile app must be created to allow salespeople to add or search by pharmacy name.
Pharmacy records must be uniquely identified by pharmacy name, address, contact name, and phone number.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/functions/function-filter-lookup

Question 322 ( Testlet 19 ) 

You need to identify the execution mode that is being used for the ISV solution reported by User5.
Which type of execution mode is in use?

A. asynchronous
B. atomicity
C. transfer
D. synchronous
Answer : D

User5 receives the error message: ‫ג‬€˜Endpoint unavailable‫ג‬€™ during a test of the technician dispatch ISV solution.
When you choose to use a synchronous execution mode any failure will be reported back to the user of the application with an Endpoint unavailable error dialog informing the user that the webhook service endpoint
may be configured incorrectly or is not available.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/common-data-service/use-webhooks

Question 323 ( Testlet 2 )


You need to improve warehouse counting efficiency.
What should you create?

A. a flow that updates the warehouse counts as the worker performs the count
B. a model-driven app that allows the user to key in inventory counts
C. A Power BI dashboard that shows the inventory counting variances
D. a canvas app that scans barcodes to allow a warehouse worker to select inventory counts

Answer : D

Scenario: Warehouse counting is performed manually by using a counting journal. All warehouse boxes and items are barcoded.

Question 324 ( Testlet 2 )


You need to replace the bicycle inspection forms.
Which two solutions should you use? Each answer presents part of the solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. a flow that maps inspection data to Dynamics 365 Field Service

B. a logic app that guides the technician through the inspection
C. a canvas app that guides the technician through the inspection
D. a model-driven app based on customer service entities

Answer : AD

Scenario: The Adventure Works Cycles retail location performs bicycle inspections and performance tune-ups.
Technicians use paper forms to document the bicycle inspection performed before a tune-up and any additional work performed on the bicycle.
A: The Dynamics 365 Field Service business application helps organizations deliver onsite service to customer locations. The application combines workflow automation, scheduling algorithms, and mobility to set
mobile workers up for success when they're onsite with customers fixing issues.
D: Compared to canvas apps, model-driven apps in PowerApps are based on underlying data ‫ג‬€" specifically, the data stored in Common Data Service (CDS). All model-driven apps are integrated into CDS. In fact,
most Microsoft apps are integrated into CDS because most Microsoft apps, including the entire Dynamics 365
(D365) platform, are model-driven apps.
Incorrect Answers:
B: An Azure Logic App would not be fit for scale. Azure Logic Apps is a cloud service that helps you schedule, automate, and orchestrate tasks, business processes, and workflows when you need to integrate apps, data,
systems, and services across enterprises or organizations.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/field-service/overview https://global.hitachi-solutions.com/blog/canvas-vs-model-driven-apps

Question 325 ( Testlet 20 )


HOTSPOT -
You need to synchronize pharmacy names and ensure that Dynamics 365 Sales data propagates correctly to the Cerner system.
What should you do? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Answer :

Box 1: Use a Data Integration template in Power Apps.

Ensure that the names of the pharmacies are synced between the accounting and the customer management systems.
Note: The Data Integrator (for Admins) is a point-to-point integration service used to integrate data into Dataverse. It supports integrating data between Finance and Operations apps and Dataverse. It also supports
integrating data into Finance and Operations apps and Dynamics 365 Sales.
The Data Integrator (for Admins) consists of the Data Integration platform, out-of-the-box templates provided by our application teams (for example, Finance and
Operations apps and Dynamics 365 Sales) and custom templates created by our customers and partners.
Box 2: Create a workflow in Dynamics 365 Sales.
Account numbers should be entered automatically into the pharmaceutical system that is in a Cerner database and kept in sync.
Note: Start When: Use the options in this section to specify when a workflow should start automatically. You can configure a real-time workflow to be run before certain events. This is a very powerful capability
because the workflow can stop the action before it occurs. The options are:
✑ Record is created
✑ Record status changes
✑ Record is assigned

Record fields change -

✑ Record is deleted
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/data-integrator

Question 326 ( Testlet 21 )


You need to configure the app to meet the address verification requirements.
Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Make the address fields read-only after they have been verified.
B. Open a confirmation dialog when the command bar button is selected.
C. Enable the command bar button only when the address shows as not verified.
D. Clear the field indicating the address is valid when an address field changes.

Answer : AC

Note: Requirements. Driving record verification

‫ג‬€¢ Driving record verification must only be performed once for each candidate.
‫ג‬€¢ Information required for driving record verification must be sent to the driving record verification service automatically after the candidate‫ג‬€™s address is verified.
‫ג‬€¢ The API must return a value of either Approved or Rejected to indicate whether the candidate has met the company‫ג‬€™s requirements.

Question 327 ( Testlet 21 )


You need to configure the solution to meet the requirements for driving record verifications.
What are two possible ways to achieve the goal? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Create an Azure Logic Apps connector.

B. Use a connector provided by the driving record verification service.
C. Share a custom connector for the driving record verification service with a member of the talent department.
D. Share the flow with a member of the talent department.

Answer : BC

Requirements. Driving record verification

✑ Driving record verification must only be performed once for each candidate.
✑ Information required for driving record verification must be sent to the driving record verification service automatically after the candidate‫ג‬€™s address is
verified.
✑ The API must return a value of either Approved or Rejected to indicate whether the candidate has met the company‫ג‬€™s requirements.

Question 328 ( Testlet 21 )


HOTSPOT -
You need to implement the driving record check functionality.
What should you implement? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: After the address validation field changes on the screen

Step 1, comments: The address verification process provides a response almost immediately on the screen

Verification process -

Box 2: Cloud Flow -

Driving record verification -

The company has provided an OpenAPI document to describe its RESTFUL Api.
Use Custom APIs to create your own APIs in Dataverse. You can consolidate one or more operations into a Custom API that you and other developers can call in
their code or from Power Automate. The Microsoft Dataverse connector enables calling actions in Power Automate.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/developer/data-platform/custom-api

Question 329 ( Testlet 21 ) 

HOTSPOT -
You need to configure the environments.
What should you do? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: Compile the plug-in in debug mode

Development: You must be able to step through code and inspect the value of variables.
Box 2: Enable trace log in the environment
Production: You must be able to view tracing service logs.

Question 330 ( Testlet 21 ) 

HOTSPOT -
You need to configure the address verification API.
Which values should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Answer :

Box 1: Execute -
You need to configure the address verification API.
Action: A user enters the candidate address into a third-party website to verify that the address entered is valid.

Box 2: Synchronous -
The address verification process provides a response almost immediately on screen.

Question 331 ( Testlet 21 )


HOTSPOT -
You need to design functionality to process background check results.
What should you implement? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :
Box 1: Pull -
After submitting candidate information, users must periodically check the website to see if a response has been posted.
Box 2:
The background check process goes through a number of stages before reaching the final result.
Need just to update the state changes, not to insert.
Note:

Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-apps/developer/data-platform/use-upsert-insert-update-record

Question 332 ( Testlet 21 )


You need to resolve the address validation API error.
Which method should you use to connect?

A. an Azure function triggered by a webhook

B. JavaScript code
C. a custom connector used in a cloud flow
D. a plug-in attached to a custom action called from JavaScript

Answer : C

* Issues. Address verification

Users report that the address verification API returns the following error message: The Same Origin Policy disallows reading the remote resource.
* Cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) is disabled for all three APIs.

Question 333 ( Testlet 21 )


HOTSPOT -
You need to correct the JavaScript code that communicates with the address verification API.
For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Question 334 ( Testlet 3 )


HOTSPOT -
You need to configure a connector for the driving record verification API.
How should you configure the system? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: OAuth 2.0 -

Use API keys if you expect developers to build internal applications that don't need to access more than a single user's data. Use OAuth access tokens if you want users to easily provide authorization to applications
without needing to share private data or dig through developer documentation.
Requirements. Driving record verification
‫ג‬€¢ Driving record verification must only be performed once for each candidate.
‫ג‬€¢ Information required for driving record verification must be sent to the driving record verification service automatically after the candidate‫ג‬€™s address is verified.
‫ג‬€¢ The API must return a value of either Approved or Rejected to indicate whether the candidate has met the company‫ג‬€™s requirements.
Box 2: Pass Credentials as parameters
User makes an API call with the authorization header and the token gets validated by using validate-jwt policy in APIM by Azure AD.
Note, see step 4 below.
In this Diagram we can see the OAUTH flow with API Management in which:

1. The Developer Portal requests a token from Azure AD using app registration client id and client secret.
2. In the second step, the user is challenged to prove their identity by supplying User Credentials.
3. After successful validation, Azure AD issues the access/refresh token.
4. User makes an API call with the authorization header and the token gets validated by using validate-jwt policy in APIM by Azure AD.
5. Based on the validation result, the user will receive the response in the developer portal.
Reference:
https://zapier.com/engineering/apikey-oauth-jwt/
https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/azure-paas-blog/protect-api-s-using-oauth-2-0-in-apim/ba-p/2309538

Question 335 ( Testlet 3 ) 

You need to implement the background verification check stage field.
Which type of field should you use?

A. Choice
B. Status
C. Choices
D. Lookup

Answer : B

The solution must include fields for the candidate‫ג‬€™s record to represent each stage.

Question 336 ( Testlet 4 ) 

HOTSPOT -
You need to configure the fields with the appropriate type.
Which type should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: Lookup -
Fields for the doctor‫ג‬€™s name and phone number must be displayed in the customer record.
Lookup: A field that allows setting a reference to a single record of a specific type of entity.

Box 2: Calculated -
Refill dates for customer prescriptions should be automatically determined and a notification should be sent to the customer.
Calculated field: Contains calculations that use fields from the current entity or related parent entities.

Box 3: Text -
Field data type: Single Line of Text:
This field can contain up to 4,000 text characters. You can set the maximum length to be less than this. This field has several format options that will change the presentation of the text. These options are Email, Text,
Text Area, URL, Ticker Symbol, and Phone.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dynamics365/customerengagement/on-premises/customize/types-of-fields
 Question 337 ( Testlet 4 )

DRAG DROP -
You need to assign the minimum environmental security role to the appropriate users.
Which security roles should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate security roles to the correct users. Each security role may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between
panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Box 1: Environment Maker -

UserA must be able to create and publish Power Apps apps.
The Environment Maker role can create resources within an environment including apps, connections, custom connectors, gateways, and flows using Power
Automate.

Box 2: System Administrator -

UserB must be the owner of all the systems and be able to provide permissions and create all new environments.
The System Administrator has full permission to customize the system. Can view all data in the system.

Box 3: System Customizer -

UserC must be able to create apps connected to the systems and update the security roles and entities.
The System Customizer has full permission to customize the system. Can only view rows for system tables that they create.
The difference between the System Administrator and System Customizer security roles is that a system administrator has read privileges on most rows in the system and can see everything. Assign the System
Customizer role to someone who needs to perform customization tasks but shouldn‫ג‬€™t see any data in the system tables.

Box 4: Common Data Service User -

To stay consistent with our product rebranding effort, the security role Common Data Service User is being changed to Basic User.
The Basic User security role primarily contains Basic privileges for core entities where the user can write, update, and delete records that they created or owned.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/environments-overview https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/model-driven-apps/privileges-required-customization#system-
administrator-and-system-customizer-security- roles https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform-release-plan/2020wave2/data-platform/common-data-service-user-security-role-renamed-basic-user

Question 338 ( Testlet 4 )


You need to create an application to deploy to other pharmacies.
What should you do?

A. Recreate customizations in a new environment.

B. Create a customer connector to connect the pharmacies‫ג‬€™ systems to the company‫ג‬€™s systems.
C. Export the solution as a managed solution.
D. Write a Web API to move customizations.
Answer : C

When you export a managed solution, it contains all the changes that have been applied for that solution into a file that you can then import into a different
Dataverse environment.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/introduction-solutions

Question 339 ( Testlet 4 )


DRAG DROP -
You need to set up security to meet the requirements.
How should you configure security? To answer, drag the appropriate security mechanisms to the correct users. Each security mechanism may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split
bar between panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Box 1: Field level security -

Only supervisors must be able to view phone numbers in the Accounts form.
You use field security tables to apply field-level security, which restricts field access to specified users and teams. The scope of field-level security is global, which means that it applies to all records within the
organization, regardless of the business unit hierarchical level to which the record or the user belongs. Field security works in all Microsoft Dataverse clients, including the Web client, Dynamics 365 for Outlook, and
Dynamics. It applies to all components, such as the Dataverse web services, reports, search, offline, filtered views, auditing, and duplicate detection.

Box 2: Team Security -

Sales users must only have access to their own records.
Owner team: An owner team owns records and has security roles assigned to the team. A user's privileges can come from their individual security roles, those of the teams that they're part of or the ones they inherit. A
team has full access rights on the records that the team owns. Team members are added manually to the owner team.

Box 3: Environment security -

Developers must be able to create new apps for all users.
Environment maker: Can create new resources associated with an environment, including apps, connections, custom APIs, gateways, and flows using Microsoft
Power Automate. However, this role doesn't have any privileges to access data within an environment.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/field-security-entities https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/database-security https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-
platform/admin/manage-teams#types-of-teams

Question 340 ( Testlet 5 )


You need to determine the primary cause of the issue reported by interns when they use the app.
What is the primary cause?

A. Interns have the System Customizer security role but need the Environment Maker security role.
B. Interns have the Common Data Service User security role but need the Environment Maker security role.
C. Interns have the Environment Maker security role but need the Common Data Service User security role.
D. Interns have the Environment Maker security role but need the System Customizer security role.
E. Interns have the Environment Maker security role but need the Delegate security role.

Answer : D

Scenario: Interns can create apps but cannot interact with their own data.
Environment Maker role: Can create new resources associated with an environment, including apps, connections, custom APIs, gateways, and flows using
Microsoft Power Automate. However, this role doesn't have any privileges to access data within an environment.
System Customizer role: full permission to customize the environment. However, users with this role can only view records for environment entities that they create.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/power-platform/admin/database-security

Question 341 ( Testlet 5 )


DRAG DROP -
You need to assign security roles to groups of users.
Which security roles should you use? To answer, drag the appropriate security types to the correct roles. Each security type may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar between
panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Scenario: The company identifies the following job roles:

You must grant users the minimum permissions required to perform their job tasks.

Intern: Environment Maker -

Environment Maker: Can create new resources associated with an environment, including apps, connections, custom APIs, gateways, and flows using Microsoft
Power Automate. However, this role doesn't have any privileges to access data within an environment.
Manager: System Administrator:
System Administrator: Has full permission to customize or administer the environment, including creating, modifying, and assigning security roles. Can view all
data in the environment.
Sales representative: Common Data Service User
Basic User/ Common Data Service User: Read (self), Create (self), Write (self), Delete (self)
Can run an app within the environment and perform common tasks for the records that they own.
 Question 342 ( Testlet 5 )

HOTSPOT -
You need to select data types for required fields.
Which data types should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: Text -
The company is organized into the following divisions:

Baseball -

✑ Hockey
✑ Soccer

Box 2: Date only -

When team members create tournament records they must enter the start date for a tournament. The end date of the tournament must be automatically
calculated.

Box 3: Lookup -
Customer information is stored in the Accounts entity. Each tournament record must list the associated sales representative as the tournament owner.
Note: When you create a new lookup column you are creating a new Many-to-One (N:1) table relationship between the table you‫ג‬€™re working with and the
Target
Row Type defined for the lookup. There are additional configuration options for this relationship that are described in Create and edit relationships between
tables.
But all custom lookups can only allow for a reference to a single row for a single target row type.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/data-platform/types-of-fields

Question 343 ( Testlet 6 )


You need to reduce response time for the information email on the website.
What should you create?

A. a flow that creates a SharePoint item for each email response

B. a flow that creates a notification in Microsoft Teams
C. a Power Apps app that displays the number of email received in a dashboard
D. a logic app that moves all emails received to Azure Blob storage

Answer : B

Scenario:
✑ Customers report that the response time from the information email listed on the Adventure Works Cycles website is greater than five days.
✑ Microsoft Teams is used for all collaboration.
Microsoft teams support email notifications.
Reference:
https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/manage-notifications-in-teams-1cc31834-5fe5-412b-8edb-43fecc78413d

Question 344 ( Testlet 7 )


HOTSPOT -
You need to analyze and identify the issues that solution checker identifies.
What is the missing or bad code? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Box 1: Modify code at line CS102 to select only required columns

Reduce the number of columns that are retrieved.
Scenario: Error Message: il-specify-column

Symptoms -
Retrieving all columns can cause:
✑ Performance issues due to the amount of data being retrieved
✑ Unintended plug-in/process execution
Guidance -
For optimal performance, you should only select the minimum amount of data needed by your application when querying Microsoft Dataverse data.

ColumnSet Parameter -
When you use the IOrganizationService.Retrieve method set the columnSet parameter to a ColumnSet instance with specified columns. When you use
QueryExpression set the ColumnSet property with the required attributes.
Box 2: Add the following code at line CS203: request.KeepAlive =false;
Scenario: Error message: Il-turn-off-keepalive

Symptoms -
If a plug-in makes external web requests and is trying to use KeepAlive on a closed connection, the plug-in will ultimately fail to execute the web request. If the plug-in is registered:
Synchronously, users may experience:
✑ Unresponsive model-driven apps
✑ Slow client interactions
✑ The browser stops responding
Asynchronously, plug-in executions may take an extended period of time before failing.

Guidance -
In HTTP 1.1, all connections are considered persistent (KeepAlive is true) unless declared otherwise. Due to the fact that plug-ins run in isolation, the Sandbox service translates into them being short-lived executions
that generally would not benefit from KeepAlive. To avoid problems with connecting to external services we recommend disabling KeepAlive within plug-ins. This is done by setting KeepAlive to false.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/best-practices/business-logic/set-keepalive-false-interacting-external-hosts-plugin https://docs.microsoft.com/en-
us/powerapps/developer/data-platform/best-practices/work-with-metadata/retrieve-specific-columns-entity-via-query-apis

Question 345 ( Testlet 8 )


You need to ensure that users can create the required charts.
Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Create a quick view form to show the Accounts entity.

B. Configure filter fields in the Annual revenue field.
C. Add the Facility field to the account form.
D. Delete the Annual revenue field from the account form.
E. Create a view with annual revenue sorted lowest value to highest value.

Answer : BC

Pharmacy orders must be displayed in four graphs as follows:

✑ Annual revenue over $100,000
✑ Annual revenues under $100,000
✑ Research facilities
✑ Hospitals
The graphs must be interactive, and users must be able to drill down on any dimension.

Question 346 ( Testlet 8 )


You need to configure the trigger for the priority field in the Account entity.
Which expression should you use?

A. DIFFINWEEKS(now,1)
B. SUBTRACTDAYS(10, Now())
C. ADDWEEKS(1, CreatedOn)
D. DIFFINDAYS(Createdon, now())
E. ADDDAYS(10, CreatedOn)

Answer : C

A trigger must be created that changes the Priority field to 1 in the Account record 10 days after an Account record is created.
Note:
Date.AddWeeks returns the date, datetime, or datetimezone result from adding numberOfWeeks weeks to the datetime value dateTime.
CreatedOn gets the value to store in the history table indicating when this entry was created.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerquery-m/date-addweeks
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/api/system.data.entity.migrations.model.inserthistoryoperation.createdon?view=entity-framework-4.3.1

Question 347 ( Testlet 9 )


You need to resolve CustomerB's issues with the check-in application.
Which two options can you use? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

A. Change LookUp to Filter

B. Change Filter to LookUp
C. Change Search to LookUp
D. Change LookUp to Search

Answer : AD

CustomerB reports that the check-in app returned only one search result for their last name, which is not the correct name.
A: The Filter function finds records in a table that satisfy a formula. Use Filter to find a set of records that match one or more criteria and to discard those that don't.
D: The Search function finds records in a table that contain a string in one of their columns.
Incorrect:
Not B, not C: The LookUp function finds the first record in a table that satisfies a formula. Use LookUp to find a single record that matches one or more criteria.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/functions/function-filter-lookup

Question 348 ( Testlet 9 )


DRAG DROP -
You need to identify why employees are not receiving notification that nine customers are checked in and waiting in the repair area.
Which components should you test for each step? To answer, drag the appropriate components to the correct steps. Each component may be used once, more than once, or not at all.
You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Select and Place:

Answer :

Scenario: A text alert must be sent to employees scheduled to assist in the repair area of the retail store if the number of repair check-ins exceeds eight.

Question 349 ( Testlet 9 ) 

You need to improve the efficiency of counting warehouse inventory.
What should you create?

A. a model-driven app that allows the user to key in inventory counts

B. a Power BI dashboard that shows the inventory counting variances
C. a flow that updates the warehouse counts as the worker performs the count
D. a canvas app that scans barcodes to allow a warehouse worker to select inventory counts

Answer : D

Scenario: Warehouse counting is performed manually by using a counting journal. All warehouse boxes and items are barcoded.
Barcode scanner control for canvas apps: Scans barcodes, QR codes, and data-matrix codes on an Android or iOS device.

Description -
The control opens a native scanner on an Android or iOS device. The scanner automatically detects a barcode, a QR code, or a data-matrix code when in view.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/canvas-apps/controls/control-new-barcode-scanner

Question 350 ( Testlet 9 ) 

HOTSPOT -
You need to select visualization components.
What should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options from the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:

Answer :

Scenario: Customer satisfaction surveys are recorded with Microsoft Forms Pro.

Box 1: Flip switch -

The flip switch is like an on/off switch, providing a choice between two values.

Box 2: Linear gauge -

The linear gauge lets your users input numerical values by dragging a slider instead of typing in the exact quantity. The slider provides whole number input and display only. Use this control for any numerical and
money columns.

Box 3: Option set -

The choice control presents a set of options for your users to choose from when entering data.
You can customize forms (main, quick create, and quick view) and email templates by adding multi-select columns that are called Choices. When you add a choices column, you can specify multiple values that will be
available for users to select. When users fill out the form they can select one, multiple, or all the values displayed in a drop-down list.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powerapps/maker/model-driven-apps/additional-controls-for-dynamics-365-for-phones-and-tablets